Annual Statements Open main menu

TRUSTMARK CORP - Quarter Report: 2016 March (Form 10-Q)

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Form 10-Q

x

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2016

or

o

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from                 to                

Commission file number 000-03683

Trustmark Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Mississippi

 

64-0471500

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

 

248 East Capitol Street, Jackson, Mississippi

 

39201

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

(Zip Code)

 

(601) 208-5111

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x    No  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

x

 

 

Accelerated filer

o

Non-accelerated filer

o

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company

o

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  o    No  x

As of April 30, 2016, there were 67,616,209 shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock (no par value).

 

 

 

 

 


 

Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements contained in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  You can identify forward-looking statements by words such as “may,” “hope,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “continue,” “could,” “future” or the negative of those terms or other words of similar meaning.  You should read statements that contain these words carefully because they discuss our future expectations or state other “forward-looking” information.  These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements relating to anticipated future operating and financial performance measures, including net interest margin, credit quality, business initiatives, growth opportunities and growth rates, among other things, and encompass any estimate, prediction, expectation, projection, opinion, anticipation, outlook or statement of belief included therein as well as the management assumptions underlying these forward-looking statements.  You should be aware that the occurrence of the events described under the caption “Risk Factors” in Trustmark’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.  Should one or more of these risks materialize, or should any such underlying assumptions prove to be significantly different, actual results may vary significantly from those anticipated, estimated, projected or expected.

Risks that could cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations of Management include, but are not limited to, changes in the level of nonperforming assets and charge-offs, local, state and national economic and market conditions, including conditions in the housing and real estate markets in the regions in which Trustmark operates and the extent and duration of the current volatility in the credit and financial markets as well as crude oil prices, changes in our ability to measure the fair value of assets in our portfolio, material changes in the level and/or volatility of market interest rates, the performance and demand for the products and services we offer, including the level and timing of withdrawals from our deposit accounts, the costs and effects of litigation and of unexpected or adverse outcomes in such litigation, our ability to attract noninterest-bearing deposits and other low-cost funds, competition in loan and deposit pricing, as well as the entry of new competitors into our markets through de novo expansion and acquisitions, economic conditions, including the potential impact of issues relating to the European financial system and monetary and other governmental actions designed to address the level and volatility of interest rates and the volatility of securities, currency and other markets, the enactment of legislation and changes in existing regulations or enforcement practices or the adoption of new regulations, changes in accounting standards and practices, including changes in the interpretation of existing standards, that affect our consolidated financial statements, changes in consumer spending, borrowings and savings habits, technological changes, changes in the financial performance or condition of our borrowers, changes in our ability to control expenses, changes in our compensation and benefit plans, greater than expected costs or difficulties related to the integration of acquisitions or new products and lines of business, cyber-attacks and other breaches which could affect our information system security, natural disasters, environmental disasters, acts of war or terrorism, and other risks described in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to be correct.  Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise any of this information, whether as the result of new information, future events or developments or otherwise.

 

 

2


 

PART I.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

($ in thousands)

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

March 31,

2016

 

 

December 31,

2015

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and due from banks (noninterest-bearing)

 

$

228,498

 

 

$

277,751

 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements

 

 

 

 

 

250

 

Securities available for sale (at fair value)

 

 

2,368,120

 

 

 

2,345,422

 

Securities held to maturity (fair value: $1,199,213-2016; $1,195,367-2015)

 

 

1,168,203

 

 

 

1,187,818

 

Loans held for sale (LHFS)

 

 

191,028

 

 

 

160,189

 

Loans held for investment (LHFI)

 

 

7,268,022

 

 

 

7,091,385

 

Less allowance for loan losses, LHFI

 

 

69,668

 

 

 

67,619

 

Net LHFI

 

 

7,198,354

 

 

 

7,023,766

 

Acquired loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noncovered loans

 

 

349,781

 

 

 

372,711

 

Covered loans

 

 

14,974

 

 

 

17,700

 

Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans

 

 

13,535

 

 

 

11,992

 

Net acquired loans

 

 

351,220

 

 

 

378,419

 

Net LHFI and acquired loans

 

 

7,549,574

 

 

 

7,402,185

 

Premises and equipment, net

 

 

194,453

 

 

 

195,656

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 

68,208

 

 

 

74,007

 

Goodwill

 

 

366,156

 

 

 

366,156

 

Identifiable intangible assets

 

 

25,751

 

 

 

27,546

 

Other real estate, excluding covered other real estate

 

 

71,806

 

 

 

77,177

 

Covered other real estate

 

 

496

 

 

 

1,651

 

FDIC indemnification asset

 

 

506

 

 

 

738

 

Other assets

 

 

542,397

 

 

 

562,350

 

Total Assets

 

$

12,775,196

 

 

$

12,678,896

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Noninterest-bearing

 

$

2,874,306

 

 

$

2,998,694

 

Interest-bearing

 

 

6,759,337

 

 

 

6,589,536

 

Total deposits

 

 

9,633,643

 

 

 

9,588,230

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

 

466,436

 

 

 

441,042

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

411,385

 

 

 

412,617

 

Long-term FHLB advances

 

 

501,124

 

 

 

501,155

 

Subordinated notes

 

 

49,977

 

 

 

49,969

 

Junior subordinated debt securities

 

 

61,856

 

 

 

61,856

 

Other liabilities

 

 

142,519

 

 

 

150,970

 

Total Liabilities

 

 

11,266,940

 

 

 

11,205,839

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, no par value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Authorized:  250,000,000 shares

Issued and outstanding:  67,639,832 shares - 2016; 67,559,128 shares - 2015

 

 

14,093

 

 

 

14,076

 

Capital surplus

 

 

363,979

 

 

 

361,467

 

Retained earnings

 

 

1,151,757

 

 

 

1,142,908

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

 

(21,573

)

 

 

(45,394

)

Total Shareholders' Equity

 

 

1,508,256

 

 

 

1,473,057

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 

$

12,775,196

 

 

$

12,678,896

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

3


 

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income

($ in thousands except per share data)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Interest Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest and fees on LHFS & LHFI

 

$

72,286

 

 

$

66,211

 

Interest and fees on acquired loans

 

 

7,022

 

 

 

15,078

 

Interest on securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Taxable

 

 

20,086

 

 

 

19,586

 

Tax exempt

 

 

973

 

 

 

1,163

 

Interest on federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse

   repurchase agreements

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Other interest income

 

 

230

 

 

 

393

 

Total Interest Income

 

 

100,598

 

 

 

102,431

 

Interest Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest on deposits

 

 

3,038

 

 

 

3,247

 

Interest on federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase

   agreements

 

 

431

 

 

 

143

 

Other interest expense

 

 

2,389

 

 

 

1,649

 

Total Interest Expense

 

 

5,858

 

 

 

5,039

 

Net Interest Income

 

 

94,740

 

 

 

97,392

 

Provision for loan losses, LHFI

 

 

2,243

 

 

 

1,785

 

Provision for loan losses, acquired loans

 

 

1,309

 

 

 

347

 

Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses

 

 

91,188

 

 

 

95,260

 

Noninterest Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

 

11,081

 

 

 

11,085

 

Bank card and other fees

 

 

6,918

 

 

 

6,762

 

Mortgage banking, net

 

 

8,699

 

 

 

8,965

 

Insurance commissions

 

 

8,593

 

 

 

8,616

 

Wealth management

 

 

7,407

 

 

 

7,990

 

Other, net

 

 

888

 

 

 

(1,055

)

Security losses, net

 

 

(310

)

 

 

 

Total Noninterest Income

 

 

43,276

 

 

 

42,363

 

Noninterest Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

 

57,201

 

 

 

57,169

 

Services and fees

 

 

14,475

 

 

 

14,121

 

Net occupancy - premises

 

 

6,188

 

 

 

6,191

 

Equipment expense

 

 

6,094

 

 

 

5,974

 

ORE/Foreclosure expense

 

 

181

 

 

 

1,115

 

FDIC assessment expense

 

 

2,811

 

 

 

2,940

 

Other expense

 

 

11,994

 

 

 

11,706

 

Total Noninterest Expense

 

 

98,944

 

 

 

99,216

 

Income Before Income Taxes

 

 

35,520

 

 

 

38,407

 

Income taxes

 

 

8,517

 

 

 

9,259

 

Net Income

 

$

27,003

 

 

$

29,148

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings Per Share

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.40

 

 

$

0.43

 

Diluted

 

$

0.40

 

 

$

0.43

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividends Per Share

 

$

0.23

 

 

$

0.23

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

4


 

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

($ in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Net income per consolidated statements of income

 

$

27,003

 

 

$

29,148

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized gains on available for sale securities and

   transferred securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding gains arising during the period

 

 

21,825

 

 

 

11,386

 

Less: adjustment for net losses realized in net income

 

 

191

 

 

 

 

Change in net unrealized holding loss on securities

   transferred to held to maturity

 

 

1,682

 

 

 

874

 

Pension and other postretirement benefit plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in prior service costs

 

 

38

 

 

 

39

 

Recognized net loss due to lump sum settlement

 

 

261

 

 

 

257

 

Change in net actuarial loss

 

 

545

 

 

 

754

 

Derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in the accumulated loss on effective cash flow

   hedge derivatives

 

 

(820

)

 

 

(608

)

Less: adjustment for loss realized in net income

 

 

99

 

 

 

130

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

23,821

 

 

 

12,832

 

Comprehensive income

 

$

50,824

 

 

$

41,980

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

5


 

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Condensed Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity

($ in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Balance, January 1,

 

$

1,473,057

 

 

$

1,419,940

 

Net income per consolidated statements of income

 

 

27,003

 

 

 

29,148

 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

 

 

23,821

 

 

 

12,832

 

Common stock dividends paid

 

 

(15,640

)

 

 

(15,639

)

Common stock issued-net, long-term incentive plan

 

 

(799

)

 

 

(830

)

Excess tax expense from stock-based compensation arrangements

 

 

(147

)

 

 

(218

)

Compensation expense, long-term incentive plan

 

 

961

 

 

 

851

 

Balance, March 31,

 

$

1,508,256

 

 

$

1,446,084

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

6


 

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

($ in thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Operating Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income per consolidated statements of income

 

$

27,003

 

 

$

29,148

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses, net

 

 

3,552

 

 

 

2,132

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

8,721

 

 

 

9,080

 

Net amortization of securities

 

 

2,087

 

 

 

2,050

 

Securities losses, net

 

 

310

 

 

 

 

Gains on sales of loans, net

 

 

(2,591

)

 

 

(3,713

)

Deferred income tax provision

 

 

125

 

 

 

4,625

 

Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale

 

 

238,007

 

 

 

236,732

 

Purchases and originations of loans held for sale

 

 

(267,422

)

 

 

(275,587

)

Originations of mortgage servicing rights

 

 

(3,072

)

 

 

(3,126

)

Increase in bank-owned life insurance

 

 

(1,226

)

 

 

(1,179

)

Net (increase) decrease in other assets

 

 

(3,511

)

 

 

2,275

 

Net decrease in other liabilities

 

 

(7,185

)

 

 

(9,839

)

Other operating activities, net

 

 

7,078

 

 

 

4,554

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

1,876

 

 

 

(2,848

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from calls and maturities of securities held to maturity

 

 

72,168

 

 

 

24,372

 

Proceeds from calls and maturities of securities available for sale

 

 

99,722

 

 

 

91,776

 

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

 

 

24,693

 

 

 

 

Purchases of securities held to maturity

 

 

(50,031

)

 

 

(6,738

)

Purchases of securities available for sale

 

 

(113,654

)

 

 

(112,367

)

Net proceeds from bank-owned life insurance

 

 

604

 

 

 

 

Net decrease in federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements

 

 

250

 

 

 

1,885

 

Net decrease in member bank stock

 

 

8,280

 

 

 

14,100

 

Net (increase) decrease in loans

 

 

(153,989

)

 

 

78,479

 

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

 

(2,814

)

 

 

(2,790

)

Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

1,300

 

Proceeds from sales of other real estate

 

 

10,328

 

 

 

10,632

 

Purchases of software

 

 

(1,565

)

 

 

 

Investments in tax credit and other partnerships

 

 

(46

)

 

 

(38

)

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

 

 

(106,054

)

 

 

100,611

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing Activities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in deposits

 

 

45,413

 

 

 

208,632

 

Net increase in federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

 

25,394

 

 

 

79,644

 

Net decrease in short-term borrowings

 

 

(65

)

 

 

(350,051

)

Payments on long-term FHLB advances

 

 

(30

)

 

 

(30

)

Common stock dividends

 

 

(15,640

)

 

 

(15,639

)

Common stock issued-net, long-term incentive plan

 

 

 

 

 

(830

)

Excess tax expense from stock-based compensation arrangements

 

 

(147

)

 

 

(218

)

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

 

54,925

 

 

 

(78,492

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Decrease) Increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(49,253

)

 

 

19,271

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

277,751

 

 

 

315,973

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

228,498

 

 

$

335,244

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

7


 

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(Unaudited)

 

Note 1 – Business, Basis of Financial Statement Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

Trustmark Corporation (Trustmark) is a bank holding company headquartered in Jackson, Mississippi.  Through its subsidiaries, Trustmark operates as a financial services organization providing banking and financial solutions to corporate institutions and individual customers through 200 offices in Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Trustmark and all other entities in which Trustmark has a controlling financial interest. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X.  Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, and notes thereto, included in Trustmark’s 2015 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Operating results for the interim periods disclosed herein are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year or any future period.  In the opinion of Management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for the fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements have been included.   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with these accounting principles requires Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and income and expense during the reporting periods and the related disclosures.  Although Management’s estimates contemplate current conditions and how they are expected to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that in 2016 actual conditions could vary from those anticipated, which could affect Trustmark’s financial condition and results of operations.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

 

8


 

Note 2 – Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity

The following tables are a summary of the amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale and held to maturity at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Securities Available for Sale

 

 

Securities Held to Maturity

 

March 31, 2016

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

(Losses)

 

 

Estimated

Fair

Value

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Gains

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

(Losses)

 

 

Estimated

Fair

Value

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued by U.S. Government agencies

 

$

63,787

 

 

$

522

 

 

$

(495

)

 

$

63,814

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Issued by U.S. Government sponsored

   agencies

 

 

258

 

 

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

 

286

 

 

 

63,085

 

 

 

3,437

 

 

 

 

 

 

66,522

 

Obligations of states and political

   subdivisions

 

 

131,464

 

 

 

4,197

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

135,655

 

 

 

54,278

 

 

 

3,116

 

 

 

 

 

 

57,394

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage pass-through

   securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guaranteed by GNMA

 

 

24,582

 

 

 

521

 

 

 

(22

)

 

 

25,081

 

 

 

16,590

 

 

 

533

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,123

 

Issued by FNMA and FHLMC

 

 

324,841

 

 

 

5,719

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

330,558

 

 

 

9,871

 

 

 

502

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,373

 

Other residential mortgage-backed

   securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA,

   FHLMC or GNMA

 

 

1,515,862

 

 

 

26,501

 

 

 

(1,822

)

 

 

1,540,541

 

 

 

818,201

 

 

 

17,752

 

 

 

(116

)

 

 

835,837

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA,

   FHLMC or GNMA

 

 

265,813

 

 

 

6,446

 

 

 

(74

)

 

 

272,185

 

 

 

206,178

 

 

 

5,927

 

 

 

(141

)

 

 

211,964

 

Total

 

$

2,326,607

 

 

$

43,934

 

 

$

(2,421

)

 

$

2,368,120

 

 

$

1,168,203

 

 

$

31,267

 

 

$

(257

)

 

$

1,199,213

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued by U.S. Government agencies

 

$

68,314

 

 

$

555

 

 

$

(734

)

 

$

68,135

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Issued by U.S. Government sponsored

   agencies

 

 

258

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

281

 

 

 

101,782

 

 

 

3,282

 

 

 

 

 

 

105,064

 

Obligations of states and political

   subdivisions

 

 

134,719

 

 

 

3,922

 

 

 

(32

)

 

 

138,609

 

 

 

55,892

 

 

 

2,918

 

 

 

 

 

 

58,810

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage pass-through

   securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guaranteed by GNMA

 

 

25,602

 

 

 

399

 

 

 

(189

)

 

 

25,812

 

 

 

17,363

 

 

 

342

 

 

 

(49

)

 

 

17,656

 

Issued by FNMA and FHLMC

 

 

222,899

 

 

 

2,956

 

 

 

(313

)

 

 

225,542

 

 

 

10,368

 

 

 

311

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,679

 

Other residential mortgage-backed

   securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA,

   FHLMC or GNMA

 

 

1,584,338

 

 

 

9,541

 

 

 

(11,019

)

 

 

1,582,860

 

 

 

820,012

 

 

 

4,951

 

 

 

(4,742

)

 

 

820,221

 

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA,

   FHLMC or GNMA

 

 

278,429

 

 

 

2,689

 

 

 

(1,892

)

 

 

279,226

 

 

 

182,401

 

 

 

1,700

 

 

 

(1,164

)

 

 

182,937

 

Asset-backed securities and structured

   financial products

 

 

25,003

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

(125

)

 

 

24,957

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

$

2,339,562

 

 

$

20,164

 

 

$

(14,304

)

 

$

2,345,422

 

 

$

1,187,818

 

 

$

13,504

 

 

$

(5,955

)

 

$

1,195,367

 

 

9


 

During 2013, Trustmark reclassified approximately $1.099 billion of securities available for sale to securities held to maturity.  The securities were transferred at fair value, which became the cost basis for the securities held to maturity.  At the date of transfer, the net unrealized holding loss on the available for sale securities totaled approximately $46.6 million ($28.8 million, net of tax).  The net unrealized holding loss is amortized over the remaining life of the securities as a yield adjustment in a manner consistent with the amortization or accretion of the original purchase premium or discount on the associated security.  There were no gains or losses recognized as a result of the transfer.  At March 31, 2016, the net unamortized, unrealized loss on the transferred securities included in accumulated other comprehensive loss in the accompanying balance sheet totaled approximately $31.3 million ($19.3 million, net of tax).

Temporarily Impaired Securities

The tables below include securities with gross unrealized losses segregated by length of impairment at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 ($ in thousands):

 

 

Less than 12 Months

 

 

12 Months or More

 

 

Total

 

March 31, 2016

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Gross

Unrealized

Losses

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued by U.S. Government agencies

 

$

17,160

 

 

$

(100

)

 

$

25,951

 

 

$

(395

)

 

$

43,111

 

 

$

(495

)

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

2,391

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

975

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

3,366

 

 

 

(6

)

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage pass-through securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guaranteed by GNMA

 

 

3,000

 

 

 

(9

)

 

 

1,745

 

 

 

(13

)

 

 

4,745

 

 

 

(22

)

Issued by FNMA and FHLMC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,054

 

 

 

(2

)

 

 

1,054

 

 

 

(2

)

Other residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or

   GNMA

 

 

47,252

 

 

 

(133

)

 

 

213,510

 

 

 

(1,805

)

 

 

260,762

 

 

 

(1,938

)

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or

   GNMA

 

 

9,647

 

 

 

(56

)

 

 

21,082

 

 

 

(159

)

 

 

30,729

 

 

 

(215

)

Total

 

$

79,450

 

 

$

(301

)

 

$

264,317

 

 

$

(2,377

)

 

$

343,767

 

 

$

(2,678

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued by U.S. Government agencies

 

$

18,924

 

 

$

(81

)

 

$

30,591

 

 

$

(653

)

 

$

49,515

 

 

$

(734

)

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

4,289

 

 

 

(12

)

 

 

2,842

 

 

 

(20

)

 

 

7,131

 

 

 

(32

)

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential mortgage pass-through securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Guaranteed by GNMA

 

 

20,300

 

 

 

(222

)

 

 

1,863

 

 

 

(16

)

 

 

22,163

 

 

 

(238

)

Issued by FNMA and FHLMC

 

 

82,177

 

 

 

(313

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

82,177

 

 

 

(313

)

Other residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or

   GNMA

 

 

1,135,533

 

 

 

(8,832

)

 

 

238,152

 

 

 

(6,929

)

 

 

1,373,685

 

 

 

(15,761

)

Commercial mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or

   GNMA

 

 

238,668

 

 

 

(2,902

)

 

 

11,090

 

 

 

(154

)

 

 

249,758

 

 

 

(3,056

)

Asset-backed securities and structured financial

   products

 

 

6,778

 

 

 

(125

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,778

 

 

 

(125

)

Total

 

$

1,506,669

 

 

$

(12,487

)

 

$

284,538

 

 

$

(7,772

)

 

$

1,791,207

 

 

$

(20,259

)

 

The unrealized losses shown above are due to increases in market rates over the yields available at the time of purchase of the underlying securities and not credit quality.  Because Trustmark does not intend to sell these securities and it is more likely than not that Trustmark will not be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, Trustmark does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at March 31, 2016.  There were no other-than-temporary impairments for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015.

10


 

Security Gains and Losses

Gains and losses as a result of calls and dispositions of securities, as well as any associated proceeds, were as follows for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

Available for Sale

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Proceeds from calls and sales of securities

 

$

24,693

 

 

$

 

Gross realized gains

 

 

32

 

 

 

 

Gross realized (losses)

 

 

(342

)

 

 

 

 

Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method and are included in noninterest income as security losses, net.

Securities Pledged

Securities with a carrying value of $2.216 billion and $2.157 billion at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, were pledged to collateralize public deposits and securities sold under repurchase agreements and for other purposes as permitted by law.  At both March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, none of these securities were pledged under the Federal Reserve Discount Window program to provide additional contingency funding capacity.  

Contractual Maturities

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale and held to maturity at March 31, 2016, by contractual maturity, are shown below ($ in thousands).  Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.

 

 

 

Securities

Available for Sale

 

 

Securities

Held to Maturity

 

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Amortized

Cost

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

23,175

 

 

$

23,349

 

 

$

6,080

 

 

$

6,219

 

Due after one year through five years

 

 

119,745

 

 

 

124,183

 

 

 

47,432

 

 

 

49,158

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

 

3,640

 

 

 

3,746

 

 

 

63,851

 

 

 

68,539

 

Due after ten years

 

 

48,949

 

 

 

48,477

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

195,509

 

 

 

199,755

 

 

 

117,363

 

 

 

123,916

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

2,131,098

 

 

 

2,168,365

 

 

 

1,050,840

 

 

 

1,075,297

 

Total

 

$

2,326,607

 

 

$

2,368,120

 

 

$

1,168,203

 

 

$

1,199,213

 

 

 

Note 3 – Loans Held for Investment (LHFI) and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI

At March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, LHFI consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

697,500

 

 

$

824,723

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1,640,015

 

 

 

1,649,501

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

1,893,240

 

 

 

1,736,476

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

273,752

 

 

 

211,228

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

1,368,464

 

 

 

1,343,211

 

Consumer loans

 

 

164,544

 

 

 

169,135

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

787,049

 

 

 

734,615

 

Other loans

 

 

443,458

 

 

 

422,496

 

LHFI

 

 

7,268,022

 

 

 

7,091,385

 

Less allowance for loan losses, LHFI

 

 

69,668

 

 

 

67,619

 

Net LHFI

 

$

7,198,354

 

 

$

7,023,766

 

 

11


 

Loan Concentrations

Trustmark does not have any loan concentrations other than those reflected in the preceding table, which exceed 10% of total LHFI.  At March 31, 2016, Trustmark’s geographic loan distribution was concentrated primarily in its five key market regions: Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.  Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of a substantial portion of these loans is susceptible to changes in market conditions in these areas.

Nonaccrual/Impaired LHFI

At March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the carrying amounts of nonaccrual LHFI were $70.7 million and $55.3 million, respectively.  Included in these amounts were $6.9 million and $7.4 million, respectively, of nonaccrual LHFI classified as troubled debt restructurings (TDRs).  No material interest income was recognized in the income statement on nonaccrual LHFI for each of the periods ended March 31, 2016 and 2015.

Trustmark considers all nonaccrual LHFI to be impaired loans.  All commercial nonaccrual LHFI (including those classified as TDRs) over $500 thousand are specifically evaluated for impairment (specifically evaluated impaired LHFI) using a fair value approach.  The remaining nonaccrual LHFI, which primarily consist of consumer loans secured by 1-4 family residential property, are not specifically reviewed.  Consumer loans secured by 1-4 family residential property are generally charged off or written down when the credit becomes severely delinquent and the balance exceeds the fair value of the property less costs to sell.

At March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, specifically evaluated impaired LHFI totaled $41.1 million and $26.5 million, respectively.  Trustmark’s specifically evaluated impaired LHFI are primarily collateral dependent loans.  Fair value estimates for collateral dependent loans are derived from appraised values based on the current market value or as is value of the collateral, normally from recently received and reviewed appraisals.  Current appraisals are ordered on an annual basis based on the inspection date.  Appraisals are obtained from state-certified appraisers and are based on certain assumptions, which may include construction or development status and the highest and best use of the property.  These appraisals are reviewed by Trustmark’s Appraisal Review Department to ensure they are acceptable, and values are adjusted down for costs associated with asset disposal.  Once this estimated net realizable value has been determined, the value used in the impairment assessment is updated.  At the time a specifically evaluated impaired LHFI is deemed to be impaired, the full difference between book value and the most likely estimate of the collateral’s net realizable value is charged off.  Charge-offs related to specifically evaluated impaired LHFI totaled $712 thousand and $234 thousand for the first three months of 2016 and 2015, respectively.  As subsequent events dictate and estimated net realizable values decline, required reserves may be established or further adjustments recorded.  At March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, reserves related to specifically evaluated impaired LHFI totaled $9.5 million and $7.0 million, respectively.  Provision expense on specifically evaluated impaired LHFI totaled $551 thousand for the first three months of 2016 compared to $825 thousand for the first three months of 2015.

At March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, impaired LHFI, excluding the specifically evaluated impaired LHFI, totaled $29.6 million and $28.8 million, respectively.  In addition, these impaired LHFI had allocated allowance for loan losses of $1.9 million and $2.0 million at the end of the respective periods.  No material interest income was recognized in the income statement on impaired LHFI for each of the periods ended March 31, 2016 and 2015.

The following tables detail LHFI individually and collectively evaluated for impairment at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

 

LHFI Evaluated for Impairment

 

 

 

Individually

 

 

Collectively

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

6,308

 

 

$

691,192

 

 

$

697,500

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

23,660

 

 

 

1,616,355

 

 

 

1,640,015

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

22,141

 

 

 

1,871,099

 

 

 

1,893,240

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

93

 

 

 

273,659

 

 

 

273,752

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

17,827

 

 

 

1,350,637

 

 

 

1,368,464

 

Consumer loans

 

 

86

 

 

 

164,458

 

 

 

164,544

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

 

787,049

 

 

 

787,049

 

Other loans

 

 

579

 

 

 

442,879

 

 

 

443,458

 

Total

 

$

70,694

 

 

$

7,197,328

 

 

$

7,268,022

 

 

12


 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

LHFI Evaluated for Impairment

 

 

 

Individually

 

 

Collectively

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

6,123

 

 

$

818,600

 

 

$

824,723

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

23,079

 

 

 

1,626,422

 

 

 

1,649,501

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

17,800

 

 

 

1,718,676

 

 

 

1,736,476

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

145

 

 

 

211,083

 

 

 

211,228

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

7,622

 

 

 

1,335,589

 

 

 

1,343,211

 

Consumer loans

 

 

31

 

 

 

169,104

 

 

 

169,135

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

 

734,615

 

 

 

734,615

 

Other loans

 

 

512

 

 

 

421,984

 

 

 

422,496

 

Total

 

$

55,312

 

 

$

7,036,073

 

 

$

7,091,385

 

 

At March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the carrying amount of LHFI individually evaluated for impairment consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

 

LHFI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

 

 

With No Related

Allowance

Recorded

 

 

With an

Allowance

Recorded

 

 

Total

Carrying

Amount

 

 

Related

Allowance

 

 

Average

Recorded

Investment

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

9,512

 

 

$

3,331

 

 

$

2,977

 

 

$

6,308

 

 

$

736

 

 

$

6,216

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

28,409

 

 

 

377

 

 

 

23,283

 

 

 

23,660

 

 

 

1,219

 

 

 

23,369

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

24,784

 

 

 

7,411

 

 

 

14,730

 

 

 

22,141

 

 

 

4,374

 

 

 

19,971

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

109

 

 

 

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

119

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

19,964

 

 

 

1,020

 

 

 

16,807

 

 

 

17,827

 

 

 

4,890

 

 

 

12,724

 

Consumer loans

 

 

91

 

 

 

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

59

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other loans

 

 

721

 

 

 

 

 

 

579

 

 

 

579

 

 

 

179

 

 

 

546

 

Total

 

$

83,590

 

 

$

12,139

 

 

$

58,555

 

 

$

70,694

 

 

$

11,413

 

 

$

63,004

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

LHFI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unpaid

Principal

Balance

 

 

With No Related

Allowance

Recorded

 

 

With an

Allowance

Recorded

 

 

Total

Carrying

Amount

 

 

Related

Allowance

 

 

Average

Recorded

Investment

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

11,113

 

 

$

3,395

 

 

$

2,728

 

 

$

6,123

 

 

$

909

 

 

$

9,995

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

27,678

 

 

 

283

 

 

 

22,796

 

 

 

23,079

 

 

 

1,230

 

 

 

24,350

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

20,387

 

 

 

8,037

 

 

 

9,763

 

 

 

17,800

 

 

 

3,402

 

 

 

21,758

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

160

 

 

 

 

 

 

145

 

 

 

145

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

732

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

9,880

 

 

 

1,137

 

 

 

6,485

 

 

 

7,622

 

 

 

3,304

 

 

 

9,863

 

Consumer loans

 

 

34

 

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

 

59

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other loans

 

 

642

 

 

 

 

 

 

512

 

 

 

512

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

570

 

Total

 

$

69,894

 

 

$

12,852

 

 

$

42,460

 

 

$

55,312

 

 

$

8,988

 

 

$

67,327

 

 

A TDR occurs when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, and for related economic or legal reasons, a concession is granted to the borrower that Trustmark would not otherwise consider.  Whatever the form of concession that might be granted by Trustmark, Management’s objective is to enhance collectability by obtaining more cash or other value from the borrower or by increasing the probability of receipt by granting the concession than by not granting it.  Other concessions may arise from court proceedings or may be imposed by law.  In addition, TDRs also include those credits that are extended or renewed to a borrower who is not able to obtain funds from sources other than Trustmark at a market interest rate for new debt with similar risk.

13


 

All loans whose terms have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring are evaluated for impairment under FASB ASC Topic 310. Accordingly, Trustmark measures any loss on the restructuring in accordance with that guidance.  A TDR in which Trustmark receives physical possession of the borrower’s assets, regardless of whether formal foreclosure or repossession proceedings take place, is accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Subtopic 310-40, “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors.”  Thus, the loan is treated as if assets have been received in satisfaction of the loan and reported as a foreclosed asset.  At March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, Trustmark held $921 thousand and $1.0 million, respectively, of foreclosed residential real estate as a result of foreclosure or in substance repossession of consumer mortgage LHFI classified as TDRs.  Consumer mortgage LHFI classified as TDRs in the process of formal foreclosure proceedings at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 totaled $61 thousand and $83 thousand, respectively.

A TDR may be returned to accrual status if Trustmark is reasonably assured of repayment of principal and interest under the modified terms and the borrower has demonstrated sustained performance under those terms for a period of at least six months. Otherwise, the restructured loan must remain on nonaccrual.

At March 31, 2016 and 2015, LHFI classified as TDRs totaled $9.2 million and $10.8 million, respectively, and were primarily comprised of credits with interest-only payments for an extended period of time which totaled $5.7 million and $6.9 million, respectively.  The remaining TDRs at March 31, 2016 and 2015 resulted from real estate loans discharged through Chapter 7 bankruptcy that were not reaffirmed or from payment or maturity extensions.

For TDRs, Trustmark had a related loan loss allowance of $1.7 million and $1.8 million at March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  LHFI classified as TDRs are charged down to the most likely fair value estimate less an estimated cost to sell for collateral dependent loans, which would approximate net realizable value.  There were no specific charge-offs related to TDRs for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015.

The following tables illustrate the impact of modifications classified as TDRs as well as those TDRs modified within the last 12 months for which there was a payment default during the period for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

 

Number of

Contracts

 

 

Pre-Modification

Outstanding

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Post-Modification

Outstanding

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Number of

Contracts

 

 

Pre-Modification

Outstanding

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Post-Modification

Outstanding

Recorded

Investment

 

Loans secured by 1-4

   family residential

   properties

 

 

2

 

 

$

71

 

 

$

71

 

 

 

6

 

 

$

378

 

 

$

378

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

TDRs that Subsequently Defaulted

 

Number of

Contracts

 

 

Recorded

Investment

 

 

Number of

Contracts

 

 

Recorded

Investment

 

Loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1

 

 

$

17

 

 

 

2

 

 

$

183

 

 

Trustmark’s TDRs have resulted primarily from allowing the borrower to pay interest-only for an extended period of time rather than from forgiveness.  Accordingly, as shown above, these TDRs have a similar recorded investment for both the pre-modification and post-modification disclosure.  Trustmark has utilized loans 90 days or more past due to define payment default in determining TDRs that have subsequently defaulted.

14


 

The following tables detail LHFI classified as TDRs by loan type at March 31, 2016 and 2015 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

 

Accruing

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

 

 

$

845

 

 

$

845

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1,444

 

 

 

2,086

 

 

 

3,530

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

799

 

 

 

3,566

 

 

 

4,365

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

 

448

 

 

 

448

 

Total TDRs

 

$

2,243

 

 

$

6,945

 

 

$

9,188

 

 

 

 

March 31, 2015

 

 

 

Accruing

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

 

 

$

3,086

 

 

$

3,086

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1,477

 

 

 

3,605

 

 

 

5,082

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

834

 

 

 

1,121

 

 

 

1,955

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

 

149

 

 

 

149

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

 

511

 

 

 

511

 

Total TDRs

 

$

2,311

 

 

$

8,472

 

 

$

10,783

 

 

Credit Quality Indicators

Trustmark’s loan portfolio credit quality indicators focus on six key quality ratios that are compared against bank tolerances.  The loan indicators are total classified outstanding, total criticized outstanding, nonperforming loans, nonperforming assets, delinquencies and net loan losses.  Due to the homogenous nature of consumer loans, Trustmark does not assign a formal internal risk rating to each credit and therefore the criticized and classified measures are unique to commercial loans.

In addition to monitoring portfolio credit quality indicators, Trustmark also measures how effectively the lending process is being managed and risks are being identified.  As part of an ongoing monitoring process, Trustmark grades the commercial portfolio as it relates to credit file completion and financial statement exceptions, underwriting, collateral documentation and compliance with law as shown below:

 

·

Credit File Completeness and Financial Statement Exceptions – evaluates the quality and condition of credit files in terms of content, completeness and organization and focuses on efforts to obtain and document sufficient information to determine the quality and status of credits.  Also included is an evaluation of the systems/procedures used to insure compliance with policy.

 

·

Underwriting – evaluates whether credits are adequately analyzed, appropriately structured and properly approved within loan policy requirements.  A properly approved credit is approved by adequate authority in a timely manner with all conditions of approval fulfilled.  Total policy exceptions measure the level of underwriting and other policy exceptions within a loan portfolio.

 

·

Collateral Documentation – focuses on the adequacy of documentation to perfect Trustmark’s collateral position and substantiate collateral value.  Collateral exceptions measure the level of documentation exceptions within a loan portfolio.  Collateral exceptions occur when certain collateral documentation is either not present, is not considered current or has expired.

 

·

Compliance with Law – focuses on underwriting, documentation, approval and reporting in compliance with banking laws and regulations.  Primary emphasis is directed to the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA) and Regulation O requirements.

15


 

Commercial Credits

Trustmark has established a loan grading system that consists of ten individual credit risk grades (risk ratings) that encompass a range from loans where the expectation of loss is negligible to loans where loss has been established.  The model is based on the risk of default for an individual credit and establishes certain criteria to delineate the level of risk across the ten unique credit risk grades.  Credit risk grade definitions are as follows:

 

·

Risk Rate (RR) 1 through RR 6 – Grades one through six represent groups of loans that are not subject to adverse criticism as defined in regulatory guidance.  Loans in these groups exhibit characteristics that represent low to moderate risk measured by using a variety of credit risk criteria such as cash flow coverage, debt service coverage, balance sheet leverage, liquidity, management experience, industry position, prevailing economic conditions, support from secondary sources of repayment and other credit factors that may be relevant to a specific loan.  In general, these loans are supported by properly margined collateral and guarantees of principal parties.

 

·

Other Assets Especially Mentioned (Special Mention) - (RR 7) – a loan that has a potential weakness that if not corrected will lead to a more severe rating.  This rating is for credits that are currently protected but potentially weak because of an adverse feature or condition that if not corrected will lead to a further downgrade.

 

·

Substandard (RR 8) – a loan that has at least one identified weakness that is well defined.  This rating is for credits where the primary sources of repayment are not viable at the time of evaluation or where either the capital or collateral is not adequate to support the loan and the secondary means of repayment do not provide a sufficient level of support to offset the identified weakness.  Loss potential exists in the aggregate amount of substandard loans but does not necessarily exist in individual loans.

 

·

Doubtful (RR 9) – a loan with an identified weakness that does not have a valid secondary source of repayment.  Generally these credits have an impaired primary source of repayment and secondary sources are not sufficient to prevent a loss in the credit.  The exact amount of the loss has not been determined at this time.

 

·

Loss (RR 10) – a loan or a portion of a loan that is deemed to be uncollectible.

By definition, credit risk grades special mention (RR 7), substandard (RR 8), doubtful (RR 9) and loss (RR 10) are criticized loans while substandard (RR 8), doubtful (RR 9) and loss (RR 10) are classified loans.  These definitions are standardized by all bank regulatory agencies and are generally equally applied to each individual lending institution.  The remaining credit risk grades are considered pass credits and are solely defined by Trustmark.

Each commercial loan is assigned a credit risk grade that is an indication for the likelihood of default and is not a direct indication of loss at default.  The loss at default aspect of the subject risk ratings is neither uniform across the nine primary commercial loan groups or constant between the geographic areas.  To account for the variance in the loss at default aspects of the risk rating system, the loss expectations for each risk rating is integrated into the allowance for loan loss methodology where the calculated loss at default is allotted for each individual risk rating with respect to the individual loan group and unique geographic area.  The loss at default aspect of the reserve methodology is calculated each quarter as a component of the overall reserve factor for each risk grade by loan group and geographic area.

To enhance this process, loans of a certain size that are rated in one of the criticized categories are routinely reviewed to establish an expectation of loss, if any, and if such examination indicates that the level of reserve is not adequate to cover the expectation of loss, a special reserve or impairment is generally applied.

The distribution of the losses is accomplished by means of a loss distribution model that assigns a loss factor to each risk rating (1 to 9) in each commercial loan pool.  A factor is not applied to risk rate 10 as loans classified as Losses are not carried on Trustmark’s books over quarter-end as they are charged off within the period that the loss is determined.

The expected loss distribution is spread across the various risk ratings by the perceived level of risk for loss.  The nine grade scale described above ranges from a negligible risk of loss to an identified loss across its breadth.  The loss distribution factors are graduated through the scale on a basis proportional to the degree of risk that appears manifest in each individual rating and assumes that migration through the loan grading system will occur.

Each loan officer assesses the appropriateness of the internal risk rating assigned to their credits on an ongoing basis.  Trustmark’s Asset Review area conducts independent credit quality reviews of the majority of Trustmark’s commercial loan portfolio concentrations both on the underlying credit quality of each individual loan portfolio as well as the adherence to Trustmark’s loan policy and the loan administration process.  In general, Asset Review conducts reviews of each lending area within a six to eighteen month window depending on the overall credit quality results of the individual area.

16


 

In addition to the ongoing internal risk rate monitoring described above, Trustmark’s Credit Quality Review Committee meets monthly and performs a review of all loans of $100 thousand or more that are either delinquent thirty days or more or on nonaccrual.  This review includes recommendations regarding risk ratings, accrual status, charge-offs and appropriate servicing officer as well as evaluation of problem credits for determination of TDRs.  Quarterly, the Credit Quality Review Committee reviews and modifies continuous action plans for all credits risk rated seven or worse for relationships of $100 thousand or more.  In addition, the Credit Quality Review Committee performs the following reviews on an annual basis:

 

·

Residential real estate developments - a development project analysis is performed on all projects regardless of size.  Performance of the development is assessed through an evaluation of the number of lots remaining, payout ratios, and loan-to-value ratios.  Results are stress tested as to the capacity to absorb losses and price of lots.  This analysis is reviewed by each senior credit officer for the respective market to determine the need for any risk rate or accrual status changes.

 

·

Non-owner occupied commercial real estate - a cash flow analysis is performed on all projects with an outstanding balance of $1.0 million or more.  In addition, credits are stress tested for vacancies and rate sensitivity.  Confirmation is obtained that guarantor financial statements are current, taxes have been paid and there are no other issues that need to be addressed.  This analysis is reviewed by each senior credit officer in the respective market to determine the need for any risk rate or accrual status changes.

Consumer Credits

Consumer LHFI that do not meet a minimum custom credit score are reviewed quarterly by Management.  The Retail Credit Review Committee reviews the volume and percentage of approvals that did not meet the minimum passing custom score by region, individual location, and officer.  To assure that Trustmark continues to originate quality loans, this process allows Management to make necessary changes such as revisions to underwriting procedures and credit policies, or changes in loan authority to Trustmark personnel.

Trustmark monitors the levels and severity of past due consumer LHFI on a daily basis through its collection activities.  A detailed assessment of consumer LHFI delinquencies is performed monthly at both a product and market level by delivery channel, which incorporates the perceived level of risk at time of underwriting.  Trustmark also monitors its consumer LHFI delinquency trends by comparing them to quarterly industry averages.

The tables below illustrate the carrying amount of LHFI by credit quality indicator at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial LHFI

 

 

 

 

 

Pass -

Categories 1-6

 

 

Special Mention -

Category 7

 

 

Substandard -

Category 8

 

 

Doubtful -

Category 9

 

 

Subtotal

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other

   land

 

 

 

$

617,582

 

 

$

 

 

$

14,191

 

 

$

526

 

 

$

632,299

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties

 

 

 

 

119,537

 

 

 

552

 

 

 

8,194

 

 

 

356

 

 

 

128,639

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

 

 

 

1,832,682

 

 

 

1,487

 

 

 

57,525

 

 

 

673

 

 

 

1,892,367

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

271,453

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,283

 

 

 

 

 

 

272,736

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

1,312,644

 

 

 

810

 

 

 

54,237

 

 

 

773

 

 

 

1,368,464

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

769,592

 

 

 

7,000

 

 

 

10,456

 

 

 

 

 

 

787,048

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

435,973

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,459

 

 

 

445

 

 

 

438,877

 

Total

 

 

 

$

5,359,463

 

 

$

9,849

 

 

$

148,345

 

 

$

2,773

 

 

$

5,520,430

 

 

17


 

 

 

Consumer LHFI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

Past Due

30-89 Days

 

 

Past Due

90 Days or More

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

Subtotal

 

 

Total LHFI

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other

   land

 

$

64,411

 

 

$

251

 

 

$

54

 

 

$

485

 

 

$

65,201

 

 

$

697,500

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties

 

 

1,483,060

 

 

 

6,535

 

 

 

403

 

 

 

21,378

 

 

 

1,511,376

 

 

 

1,640,015

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

 

873

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

873

 

 

 

1,893,240

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

1,016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,016

 

 

 

273,752

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,368,464

 

Consumer loans

 

 

162,973

 

 

 

1,332

 

 

 

154

 

 

 

85

 

 

 

164,544

 

 

 

164,544

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

787,049

 

Other loans

 

 

4,581

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,581

 

 

 

443,458

 

Total

 

$

1,716,915

 

 

$

8,118

 

 

$

611

 

 

$

21,948

 

 

$

1,747,592

 

 

$

7,268,022

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial LHFI

 

 

 

 

 

Pass -

Categories 1-6

 

 

Special Mention -

Category 7

 

 

Substandard -

Category 8

 

 

Doubtful -

Category 9

 

 

Subtotal

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other

   land

 

 

 

$

746,227

 

 

$

 

 

$

15,637

 

 

$

529

 

 

$

762,393

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties

 

 

 

 

125,268

 

 

 

345

 

 

 

7,525

 

 

 

190

 

 

 

133,328

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

 

 

 

1,680,846

 

 

 

2,031

 

 

 

52,485

 

 

 

361

 

 

 

1,735,723

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

205,097

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,768

 

 

 

 

 

 

209,865

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

1,295,760

 

 

 

9,473

 

 

 

37,284

 

 

 

694

 

 

 

1,343,211

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

713,616

 

 

 

12,478

 

 

 

8,521

 

 

 

 

 

 

734,615

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

414,089

 

 

 

183

 

 

 

2,663

 

 

 

375

 

 

 

417,310

 

Total

 

 

 

$

5,180,903

 

 

$

24,510

 

 

$

128,883

 

 

$

2,149

 

 

$

5,336,445

 

 

 

 

Consumer LHFI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

Past Due

30-89 Days

 

 

Past Due

90 Days or More

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

Subtotal

 

 

Total LHFI

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other

   land

 

$

62,158

 

 

$

146

 

 

$

 

 

$

26

 

 

$

62,330

 

 

$

824,723

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties

 

 

1,485,914

 

 

 

7,565

 

 

 

2,058

 

 

 

20,636

 

 

 

1,516,173

 

 

 

1,649,501

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

 

753

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

753

 

 

 

1,736,476

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

1,363

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,363

 

 

 

211,228

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,343,211

 

Consumer loans

 

 

166,681

 

 

 

2,182

 

 

 

242

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

169,135

 

 

 

169,135

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

734,615

 

Other loans

 

 

5,186

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,186

 

 

 

422,496

 

Total

 

$

1,722,055

 

 

$

9,893

 

 

$

2,300

 

 

$

20,692

 

 

$

1,754,940

 

 

$

7,091,385

 

 

18


 

Past Due LHFI

The following tables provide an aging analysis of past due and nonaccrual LHFI by loan type at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

 

Past Due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

 

60-89 Days

 

 

90 Days

or More (1)

 

 

Total

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

Current

Loans

 

 

Total LHFI

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other

   land

 

$

336

 

 

$

 

 

$

54

 

 

$

390

 

 

$

6,308

 

 

$

690,802

 

 

$

697,500

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

5,468

 

 

 

2,152

 

 

 

403

 

 

 

8,023

 

 

 

23,660

 

 

 

1,608,332

 

 

 

1,640,015

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

 

163

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

163

 

 

 

22,141

 

 

 

1,870,936

 

 

 

1,893,240

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

448

 

 

 

258

 

 

 

 

 

 

706

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

272,953

 

 

 

273,752

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

1,594

 

 

 

94

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,688

 

 

 

17,827

 

 

 

1,348,949

 

 

 

1,368,464

 

Consumer loans

 

 

1,071

 

 

 

261

 

 

 

154

 

 

 

1,486

 

 

 

86

 

 

 

162,972

 

 

 

164,544

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

787,049

 

 

 

787,049

 

Other loans

 

 

438

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

438

 

 

 

579

 

 

 

442,441

 

 

 

443,458

 

Total

 

$

9,518

 

 

$

2,765

 

 

$

611

 

 

$

12,894

 

 

$

70,694

 

 

$

7,184,434

 

 

$

7,268,022

 

 

(1)

Past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest.

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Past Due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

 

60-89 Days

 

 

90 Days

or More (1)

 

 

Total

 

 

Nonaccrual

 

 

Current

Loans

 

 

Total LHFI

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other

   land

 

$

214

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

214

 

 

$

6,123

 

 

$

818,386

 

 

$

824,723

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

6,203

 

 

 

1,800

 

 

 

2,058

 

 

 

10,061

 

 

 

23,079

 

 

 

1,616,361

 

 

 

1,649,501

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

 

437

 

 

 

88

 

 

 

 

 

 

525

 

 

 

17,800

 

 

 

1,718,151

 

 

 

1,736,476

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

145

 

 

 

211,083

 

 

 

211,228

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

921

 

 

 

45

 

 

 

 

 

 

966

 

 

 

7,622

 

 

 

1,334,623

 

 

 

1,343,211

 

Consumer loans

 

 

1,835

 

 

 

347

 

 

 

242

 

 

 

2,424

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

166,680

 

 

 

169,135

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

 

734,550

 

 

 

734,615

 

Other loans

 

 

68

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68

 

 

 

512

 

 

 

421,916

 

 

 

422,496

 

Total

 

$

9,743

 

 

$

2,280

 

 

$

2,300

 

 

$

14,323

 

 

$

55,312

 

 

$

7,021,750

 

 

$

7,091,385

 

 

(1)

Past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest.

Past Due Loans Held for Sale (LHFS)

LHFS past due 90 days or more totaled $24.1 million and $21.8 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.  LHFS past due 90 days or more are serviced loans eligible for repurchase, which are fully guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA).  GNMA optional repurchase programs allow financial institutions to buy back individual delinquent mortgage loans that meet certain criteria from the securitized loan pool for which the institution provides servicing.  At the servicer’s option and without GNMA’s prior authorization, the servicer may repurchase such a delinquent loan for an amount equal to 100 percent of the remaining principal balance of the loan.  This buy-back option is considered a conditional option until the delinquency criteria are met, at which time the option becomes unconditional.  When Trustmark is deemed to have regained effective control over these loans under the unconditional buy-back option, the loans can no longer be reported as sold and must be brought back onto the balance sheet as loans held for sale, regardless of whether Trustmark intends to exercise the buy-back option.  These loans are reported as held for sale with the offsetting liability being reported as short-term borrowings.

19


 

During the first quarter of 2015, Trustmark exercised its option to repurchase approximately $28.5 million of delinquent loans serviced for GNMA.  These loans were subsequently sold to a third party under different repurchase provisions.  Trustmark retained the servicing for these loans, which are subject to guarantees by FHA/VA.  As a result of this repurchase and sale, the loans are no longer carried as LHFS.  The transaction resulted in a gain of $304 thousand, which is included in mortgage banking, net for 2015.  Trustmark did not exercise its buy-back option on any delinquent loans serviced for GNMA during the first three months of 2016.

Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI

Trustmark’s allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial LHFI is based upon regulatory guidance from its primary regulator and GAAP.  The methodology segregates the commercial purpose and commercial construction LHFI portfolios into nine separate loan types (or pools) which have similar characteristics such as repayment, collateral and risk profiles.  The nine basic loan pools are further segregated into Trustmark’s five key market regions, Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas, to take into consideration the uniqueness of each market.  A 10-point risk rating system is utilized for each separate loan pool to apply a reserve factor consisting of quantitative and qualitative components to determine the needed allowance by each loan type.  As a result, there are 450 risk rate factors for commercial loan types.  The nine separate pools are shown below:

Commercial Purpose LHFI

 

·

Real Estate – Owner-Occupied

 

·

Real Estate – Non-Owner Occupied

 

·

Working Capital

 

·

Non-Working Capital

 

·

Land

 

·

Lots and Development

 

·

Political Subdivisions

Commercial Construction LHFI

 

·

1 to 4 Family

 

·

Non-1 to 4 Family

The quantitative factors of the allowance methodology reflect a twelve-quarter rolling average of net charge-offs by loan type within each key market region.  This allows for a greater sensitivity to current trends, such as economic changes, as well as current loss profiles and creates a more accurate depiction of historical losses.

Qualitative factors used in the allowance methodology include the following:

 

·

National and regional economic trends and conditions

 

·

Impact of recent performance trends

 

·

Experience, ability and effectiveness of management

 

·

Adherence to Trustmark’s loan policies, procedures and internal controls

 

·

Collateral, financial and underwriting exception trends

 

·

Credit concentrations

 

·

Loan facility risk

 

·

Acquisitions

 

·

Catastrophe

20


 

Each qualitative factor is converted to a scale ranging from 0 (No risk) to 100 (High Risk), other than the last two factors, which are applied on a dollar-for-dollar basis to ensure that the combination of such factors is proportional. The resulting ratings from the individual factors are weighted and summed to establish the weighted-average qualitative factor within each key market region.

The allowance for loan loss methodology segregates the consumer LHFI portfolio into homogeneous pools of loans that contain similar structure, repayment, collateral and risk profiles.  These homogeneous pools of loans are shown below:

 

·

Residential Mortgage

 

·

Direct Consumer

 

·

Junior Lien on 1-4 Family Residential Properties

 

·

Credit Cards

 

·

Overdrafts

The historical loss experience for these pools is determined by calculating a 12-quarter rolling average of net charge-offs, which is applied to each pool to establish the quantitative aspect of the methodology.  Where, in Management’s estimation, the calculated loss experience does not fully cover the anticipated loss for a pool, an estimate is also applied to each pool to establish the qualitative aspect of the methodology, which represents the perceived risks across the loan portfolio at the current point in time.  This qualitative methodology utilizes four separate factors made up of unique components that when weighted and combined produce an estimated level of reserve for each of the loan pools.  The four qualitative factors include the following:

 

·

Economic indicators

 

·

Performance trends

 

·

Management experience

 

·

Credit concentrations

The risk measure for each factor is converted to a scale ranging from 0 (No risk) to 100 (High Risk) to ensure that the combination of such factors is proportional.  The determination of the risk measurement for each qualitative factor is done for all markets combined.  The resulting estimated reserve factor is then applied to each pool.

The resulting ratings from the individual factors are weighted and summed to establish the weighted-average qualitative factor of a specific loan portfolio.  This weighted-average qualitative factor is then applied over the five loan pools.

Trustmark’s loan policy dictates the guidelines to be followed in determining when a loan is charged off.  Commercial purpose loans are charged off when a determination is made that the loan is uncollectible and continuance as a bankable asset is not warranted or an impairment evaluation indicates that a value adjustment is necessary.  Consumer loans secured by 1-4 family residential real estate are generally charged off or written down when the credit becomes severely delinquent and the balance exceeds the fair value of the property less costs to sell.  Non-real estate consumer purpose loans, both secured and unsecured, are generally charged off in full during the month in which the loan becomes 120 days past due.  Credit card loans are generally charged off in full when the loan becomes 180 days past due.

Changes in the allowance for loan losses, LHFI were as follows for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

67,619

 

 

$

69,616

 

Loans charged-off

 

 

(3,363

)

 

 

(3,004

)

Recoveries

 

 

3,169

 

 

 

2,924

 

Net charge-offs

 

 

(194

)

 

 

(80

)

Provision for loan losses, LHFI

 

 

2,243

 

 

 

1,785

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

69,668

 

 

$

71,321

 

 

21


 

The following tables detail the balance in the allowance for loan losses, LHFI by loan type at March 31, 2016 and 2015 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

2016

 

 

 

Balance

January 1,

 

 

Charge-offs

 

 

Recoveries

 

 

Provision for

Loan Losses

 

 

Balance

March 31,

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

11,587

 

 

$

 

 

$

492

 

 

$

(1,937

)

 

$

10,142

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

10,678

 

 

 

(692

)

 

 

457

 

 

 

30

 

 

 

10,473

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

21,563

 

 

 

(27

)

 

 

119

 

 

 

2,052

 

 

 

23,707

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

2,467

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(395

)

 

 

2,073

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

15,815

 

 

 

(770

)

 

 

123

 

 

 

2,481

 

 

 

17,649

 

Consumer loans

 

 

2,879

 

 

 

(484

)

 

 

1,010

 

 

 

(601

)

 

 

2,804

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

809

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

816

 

Other loans

 

 

1,821

 

 

 

(1,390

)

 

 

967

 

 

 

606

 

 

 

2,004

 

Total allowance for loan losses, LHFI

 

$

67,619

 

 

$

(3,363

)

 

$

3,169

 

 

$

2,243

 

 

$

69,668

 

 

 

 

Disaggregated by Impairment Method

 

 

 

Individually

 

 

Collectively

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

736

 

 

$

9,406

 

 

$

10,142

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1,219

 

 

 

9,254

 

 

 

10,473

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

4,374

 

 

 

19,333

 

 

 

23,707

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

14

 

 

 

2,059

 

 

 

2,073

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

4,890

 

 

 

12,759

 

 

 

17,649

 

Consumer loans

 

 

1

 

 

 

2,803

 

 

 

2,804

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

 

816

 

 

 

816

 

Other loans

 

 

179

 

 

 

1,825

 

 

 

2,004

 

Total allowance for loan losses, LHFI

 

$

11,413

 

 

$

58,255

 

 

$

69,668

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

 

Balance

January 1,

 

 

Charge-offs

 

 

Recoveries

 

 

Provision for

Loan Losses

 

 

Balance

March 31,

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land loans

 

$

13,073

 

 

$

(9

)

 

$

240

 

 

$

2,969

 

 

$

16,273

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

9,677

 

 

 

(434

)

 

 

43

 

 

 

(402

)

 

 

8,884

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

18,523

 

 

 

 

 

 

315

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

18,853

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

2,141

 

 

 

(24

)

 

 

3

 

 

 

(42

)

 

 

2,078

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

19,917

 

 

 

(669

)

 

 

342

 

 

 

487

 

 

 

20,077

 

Consumer loans

 

 

2,149

 

 

 

(498

)

 

 

937

 

 

 

(627

)

 

 

1,961

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

1,314

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(627

)

 

 

687

 

Other loans

 

 

2,822

 

 

 

(1,370

)

 

 

1,044

 

 

 

12

 

 

 

2,508

 

Total allowance for loan losses, LHFI

 

$

69,616

 

 

$

(3,004

)

 

$

2,924

 

 

$

1,785

 

 

$

71,321

 

 

 

 

Disaggregated by Impairment Method

 

 

 

Individually

 

 

Collectively

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land loans

 

$

4,097

 

 

$

12,176

 

 

$

16,273

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

429

 

 

 

8,455

 

 

 

8,884

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

2,728

 

 

 

16,125

 

 

 

18,853

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

51

 

 

 

2,027

 

 

 

2,078

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

6,502

 

 

 

13,575

 

 

 

20,077

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

1,961

 

 

 

1,961

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

 

 

 

687

 

 

 

687

 

Other loans

 

 

209

 

 

 

2,299

 

 

 

2,508

 

Total allowance for loan losses, LHFI

 

$

14,016

 

 

$

57,305

 

 

$

71,321

 

 

22


 

 

Note 4 – Acquired Loans

At March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, acquired loans consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Noncovered

 

 

Covered

 

 

Noncovered

 

 

Covered

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

41,097

 

 

$

387

 

 

$

41,623

 

 

$

1,021

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

81,314

 

 

 

8,564

 

 

 

86,950

 

 

 

10,058

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

126,177

 

 

 

3,679

 

 

 

135,626

 

 

 

4,638

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

24,374

 

 

 

1,132

 

 

 

23,860

 

 

 

1,286

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

51,663

 

 

 

1,143

 

 

 

55,075

 

 

 

624

 

Consumer loans

 

 

5,027

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,641

 

 

 

 

Other loans

 

 

20,129

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

23,936

 

 

 

73

 

Acquired loans

 

 

349,781

 

 

 

14,974

 

 

 

372,711

 

 

 

17,700

 

Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans

 

 

13,212

 

 

 

323

 

 

 

11,259

 

 

 

733

 

Net acquired loans

 

$

336,569

 

 

$

14,651

 

 

$

361,452

 

 

$

16,967

 

 

The following table presents changes in the net carrying value of the acquired loans for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Noncovered

 

 

Covered

 

 

 

Acquired

Impaired

 

 

Acquired

Not ASC

310-30 (1)

 

 

Acquired

Impaired

 

 

Acquired

Not ASC

310-30 (1)

 

Carrying value, net at January 1, 2015

 

$

434,151

 

 

$

81,091

 

 

$

20,504

 

 

$

1,604

 

Accretion to interest income

 

 

28,193

 

 

 

479

 

 

 

2,308

 

 

 

 

Payments received, net

 

 

(164,671

)

 

 

(15,484

)

 

 

(8,592

)

 

 

(33

)

Other (2)

 

 

(1,589

)

 

 

 

 

 

391

 

 

 

 

Less change in allowance for loan losses, acquired loans

 

 

(718

)

 

 

 

 

 

785

 

 

 

 

Carrying value, net at December 31, 2015

 

 

295,366

 

 

 

66,086

 

 

 

15,396

 

 

 

1,571

 

Accretion to interest income

 

 

4,821

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

409

 

 

 

1

 

Payments received, net

 

 

(22,169

)

 

 

(5,700

)

 

 

(2,683

)

 

 

(60

)

Other (2)

 

 

116

 

 

 

 

 

 

(393

)

 

 

 

Less change in allowance for loan losses, acquired loans

 

 

(1,952

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

410

 

 

 

 

Carrying value, net at March 31, 2016

 

$

276,182

 

 

$

60,387

 

 

$

13,139

 

 

$

1,512

 

 

(1)

"Acquired Not ASC 310-30" loans consist of revolving credit agreements and commercial leases that are not in scope for FASB ASC Topic 310-30, "Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality."

(2)

Includes miscellaneous timing adjustments as well as acquired loan terminations through foreclosure, charge-off and other terminations.

Under FASB ASC Topic 310-30, the accretable yield is the excess of expected cash flows at acquisition over the initial fair value of acquired impaired loans and is recorded as interest income over the estimated life of the loans using the effective yield method if the timing and amount of the future cash flows is reasonably estimable.  The following table presents changes in the accretable yield for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Accretable yield at beginning of period

 

$

(52,672

)

 

$

(77,149

)

Accretion to interest income

 

 

5,230

 

 

 

10,197

 

Disposals

 

 

1,067

 

 

 

3,103

 

Reclassification to / (from) nonaccretable difference (1)

 

 

(3,403

)

 

 

(6,179

)

Accretable yield at end of period

 

$

(49,778

)

 

$

(70,028

)

 

(1)

Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference are due to lower loss expectations and improvements in expected cash flows.

23


 

The following tables present the components of the allowance for loan losses on acquired loans for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Noncovered

 

 

Covered

 

 

Total

 

Balance at January 1, 2016

 

$

11,259

 

 

$

733

 

 

$

11,992

 

Provision for loan losses, acquired loans

 

 

1,631

 

 

 

(322

)

 

 

1,309

 

Loans charged-off

 

 

(332

)

 

 

(65

)

 

 

(397

)

Recoveries

 

 

654

 

 

 

(23

)

 

 

631

 

Net recoveries (charge-offs)

 

 

322

 

 

 

(88

)

 

 

234

 

Balance at March 31, 2016

 

$

13,212

 

 

$

323

 

 

$

13,535

 

 

 

 

Noncovered

 

 

Covered

 

 

Total

 

Balance at January 1, 2015

 

$

10,541

 

 

$

1,518

 

 

$

12,059

 

Provision for loan losses, acquired loans

 

 

659

 

 

 

(312

)

 

 

347

 

Loans charged-off

 

 

(502

)

 

 

(516

)

 

 

(1,018

)

Recoveries

 

 

408

 

 

 

41

 

 

 

449

 

Net charge-offs

 

 

(94

)

 

 

(475

)

 

 

(569

)

Balance at March 31, 2015

 

$

11,106

 

 

$

731

 

 

$

11,837

 

 

As discussed in Note 3 - Loans Held for Investment (LHFI) and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI, Trustmark has established a loan grading system that consists of ten individual credit risk grades (risk ratings) that encompass a range from loans where the expectation of loss is negligible to loans where loss has been established.  The model is based on the risk of default for an individual credit and establishes certain criteria to segregate the level of risk across the ten unique risk ratings.  These credit quality measures are unique to commercial loans.  Credit quality for consumer loans is based on individual credit scores, aging status of the loan and payment activity.

24


 

The tables below illustrate the carrying amount of acquired loans by credit quality indicator at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Loans

 

 

 

 

 

Pass -

Categories 1-6

 

 

Special Mention -

Category 7

 

 

Substandard -

Category 8

 

 

Doubtful -

Category 9

 

 

Subtotal

 

Noncovered Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development

   and other land

 

 

 

$

16,624

 

 

$

241

 

 

$

18,369

 

 

$

3,621

 

 

$

38,855

 

Secured by 1-4 family

   residential properties

 

 

 

 

20,951

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

4,860

 

 

 

322

 

 

 

26,158

 

Secured by nonfarm,

   nonresidential properties

 

 

 

 

100,962

 

 

 

1,224

 

 

 

23,294

 

 

 

697

 

 

 

126,177

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

19,479

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,179

 

 

 

711

 

 

 

24,369

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

35,523

 

 

 

841

 

 

 

13,657

 

 

 

1,642

 

 

 

51,663

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

13,635

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,333

 

 

 

161

 

 

 

20,129

 

Total noncovered loans

 

 

 

 

207,174

 

 

 

2,331

 

 

 

70,692

 

 

 

7,154

 

 

 

287,351

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered Loans: (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development

   and other land

 

 

 

 

302

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

310

 

Secured by 1-4 family

   residential properties

 

 

 

 

723

 

 

 

100

 

 

 

381

 

 

 

162

 

 

 

1,366

 

Secured by nonfarm,

   nonresidential properties

 

 

 

 

3,476

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

133

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,617

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

110

 

 

 

 

 

 

110

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

1,107

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,143

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

65

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

65

 

Total covered loans

 

 

 

 

5,673

 

 

 

129

 

 

 

647

 

 

 

162

 

 

 

6,611

 

Total acquired loans

 

 

 

$

212,847

 

 

$

2,460

 

 

$

71,339

 

 

$

7,316

 

 

$

293,962

 

 

25


 

 

 

Consumer Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

Past Due

30-89 Days

 

 

Past Due

90 Days or More

 

 

Nonaccrual (2)

 

 

Subtotal

 

 

Total

Acquired Loans

 

Noncovered Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development

   and other land

 

$

2,161

 

 

$

81

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,242

 

 

$

41,097

 

Secured by 1-4 family

   residential properties

 

 

52,461

 

 

 

1,900

 

 

 

654

 

 

 

141

 

 

 

55,156

 

 

 

81,314

 

Secured by nonfarm,

   nonresidential properties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

126,177

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

24,374

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51,663

 

Consumer loans

 

 

4,985

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,027

 

 

 

5,027

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,129

 

Total noncovered loans

 

 

59,612

 

 

 

2,023

 

 

 

654

 

 

 

141

 

 

 

62,430

 

 

 

349,781

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered Loans: (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development

   and other land

 

 

69

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

77

 

 

 

387

 

Secured by 1-4 family

   residential properties

 

 

6,567

 

 

 

217

 

 

 

414

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,198

 

 

 

8,564

 

Secured by nonfarm,

   nonresidential properties

 

 

62

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62

 

 

 

3,679

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

1,022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,022

 

 

 

1,132

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,143

 

Other loans

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

69

 

Total covered loans

 

 

7,724

 

 

 

225

 

 

 

414

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,363

 

 

 

14,974

 

Total acquired loans

 

$

67,336

 

 

$

2,248

 

 

$

1,068

 

 

$

141

 

 

$

70,793

 

 

$

364,755

 

 

(1)

Total dollar balances are presented in this table; however, these loans are covered by the loss-share agreement with the FDIC.  TNB is at risk for only 20% of the losses incurred on these loans.

(2)

Acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30.

 

26


 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Loans

 

 

 

 

 

Pass -

Categories 1-6

 

 

Special Mention -

Category 7

 

 

Substandard -

Category 8

 

 

Doubtful -

Category 9

 

 

Subtotal

 

Noncovered Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development

   and other land

 

 

 

$

15,839

 

 

$

253

 

 

$

19,252

 

 

$

3,874

 

 

$

39,218

 

Secured by 1-4 family

   residential properties

 

 

 

 

22,272

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

5,033

 

 

 

331

 

 

 

27,663

 

Secured by nonfarm,

   nonresidential properties

 

 

 

 

106,924

 

 

 

2,301

 

 

 

25,690

 

 

 

711

 

 

 

135,626

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

19,346

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,777

 

 

 

731

 

 

 

23,854

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

36,670

 

 

 

844

 

 

 

15,526

 

 

 

2,035

 

 

 

55,075

 

Consumer loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

17,150

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,624

 

 

 

162

 

 

 

23,936

 

Total noncovered loans

 

 

 

 

218,201

 

 

 

3,425

 

 

 

75,902

 

 

 

7,844

 

 

 

305,372

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered Loans: (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development

   and other land

 

 

 

 

235

 

 

 

 

 

 

588

 

 

 

119

 

 

 

942

 

Secured by 1-4 family

   residential properties

 

 

 

 

869

 

 

 

107

 

 

 

534

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,510

 

Secured by nonfarm,

   nonresidential properties

 

 

 

 

4,060

 

 

 

35

 

 

 

472

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,567

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

730

 

 

 

 

 

 

111

 

 

 

 

 

 

841

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

560

 

 

 

22

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

 

624

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

70

 

Total covered loans

 

 

 

 

6,524

 

 

 

164

 

 

 

1,747

 

 

 

119

 

 

 

8,554

 

Total acquired loans

 

 

 

$

224,725

 

 

$

3,589

 

 

$

77,649

 

 

$

7,963

 

 

$

313,926

 

 

27


 

 

 

Consumer Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

Past Due

30-89 Days

 

 

Past Due

90 Days or More

 

 

Nonaccrual (2)

 

 

Subtotal

 

 

Total

Acquired Loans

 

Noncovered Loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development

   and other land

 

$

2,353

 

 

$

24

 

 

$

28

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,405

 

 

$

41,623

 

Secured by 1-4 family

   residential properties

 

 

56,371

 

 

 

1,841

 

 

 

930

 

 

 

145

 

 

 

59,287

 

 

 

86,950

 

Secured by nonfarm,

   nonresidential properties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

135,626

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

23,860

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

55,075

 

Consumer loans

 

 

5,498

 

 

 

142

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,641

 

 

 

5,641

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,936

 

Total noncovered loans

 

 

64,228

 

 

 

2,007

 

 

 

959

 

 

 

145

 

 

 

67,339

 

 

 

372,711

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered Loans: (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development

   and other land

 

 

70

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

79

 

 

 

1,021

 

Secured by 1-4 family

   residential properties

 

 

7,472

 

 

 

314

 

 

 

762

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,548

 

 

 

10,058

 

Secured by nonfarm,

   nonresidential properties

 

 

71

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

4,638

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

445

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

445

 

 

 

1,286

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

624

 

Other loans

 

 

3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 

 

 

73

 

Total covered loans

 

 

8,061

 

 

 

323

 

 

 

762

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,146

 

 

 

17,700

 

Total acquired loans

 

$

72,289

 

 

$

2,330

 

 

$

1,721

 

 

$

145

 

 

$

76,485

 

 

$

390,411

 

 

(1)

Total dollar balances are presented in this table; however, these loans are covered by the loss-share agreement with the FDIC. TNB is at risk for only 20% of the losses incurred on these loans.

(2)

Acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30.

At March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, there were no acquired impaired loans accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 classified as nonaccrual loans.  At March 31, 2016, approximately $875 thousand of acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 were classified as nonaccrual loans, compared to approximately $1.0 million of acquired loans at December 31, 2015.

28


 

The following tables provide an aging analysis of contractually past due and nonaccrual acquired loans, by loan type at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

 

Past Due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

 

60-89 Days

 

 

90 Days

or More (1)

 

 

Total

 

 

Nonaccrual (2)

 

 

Current

Loans

 

 

Total Acquired

Loans

 

Noncovered loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development

   and other land

 

$

411

 

 

$

 

 

$

13,001

 

 

$

13,412

 

 

$

 

 

$

27,685

 

 

$

41,097

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties

 

 

1,842

 

 

 

315

 

 

 

828

 

 

 

2,985

 

 

 

381

 

 

 

77,948

 

 

 

81,314

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

 

898

 

 

 

192

 

 

 

4,325

 

 

 

5,415

 

 

 

138

 

 

 

120,624

 

 

 

126,177

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

21

 

 

 

 

 

 

745

 

 

 

766

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,608

 

 

 

24,374

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

476

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

184

 

 

 

662

 

 

 

307

 

 

 

50,694

 

 

 

51,663

 

Consumer loans

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

42

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,985

 

 

 

5,027

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,129

 

 

 

20,129

 

Total noncovered loans

 

 

3,690

 

 

 

509

 

 

 

19,083

 

 

 

23,282

 

 

 

826

 

 

 

325,673

 

 

 

349,781

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development

   and other land

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

379

 

 

 

387

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties

 

 

226

 

 

 

25

 

 

 

767

 

 

 

1,018

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,546

 

 

 

8,564

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

 

33

 

 

 

169

 

 

 

 

 

 

202

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,477

 

 

 

3,679

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,132

 

 

 

1,132

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

1,094

 

 

 

1,143

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

69

 

Total covered loans

 

 

267

 

 

 

194

 

 

 

767

 

 

 

1,228

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

13,697

 

 

 

14,974

 

Total acquired loans

 

$

3,957

 

 

$

703

 

 

$

19,850

 

 

$

24,510

 

 

$

875

 

 

$

339,370

 

 

$

364,755

 

 

(1)

Past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest.

(2)

Acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30.

 

29


 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Past Due

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-59 Days

 

 

60-89 Days

 

 

90 Days

or More (1)

 

 

Total

 

 

Nonaccrual (2)

 

 

Current

Loans

 

 

Total Acquired

Loans

 

Noncovered loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and

   other land

 

$

24

 

 

$

114

 

 

$

13,021

 

 

$

13,159

 

 

$

 

 

$

28,464

 

 

$

41,623

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties

 

 

1,544

 

 

 

636

 

 

 

1,220

 

 

 

3,400

 

 

 

387

 

 

 

83,163

 

 

 

86,950

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

 

192

 

 

 

195

 

 

 

5,913

 

 

 

6,300

 

 

 

144

 

 

 

129,182

 

 

 

135,626

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

737

 

 

 

746

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,114

 

 

 

23,860

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

82

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

184

 

 

 

270

 

 

 

429

 

 

 

54,376

 

 

 

55,075

 

Consumer loans

 

 

119

 

 

 

23

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

143

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,498

 

 

 

5,641

 

Other loans

 

 

85

 

 

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

 

101

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,835

 

 

 

23,936

 

Total noncovered loans

 

 

2,055

 

 

 

988

 

 

 

21,076

 

 

 

24,119

 

 

 

960

 

 

 

347,632

 

 

 

372,711

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Covered loans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and

   other land

 

 

9

 

 

 

 

 

 

119

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

 

 

 

893

 

 

 

1,021

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential

   properties

 

 

428

 

 

 

132

 

 

 

978

 

 

 

1,538

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,520

 

 

 

10,058

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

 

167

 

 

 

478

 

 

 

 

 

 

645

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,993

 

 

 

4,638

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,286

 

 

 

1,286

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

573

 

 

 

624

 

Other loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

73

 

 

 

73

 

Total covered loans

 

 

604

 

 

 

610

 

 

 

1,097

 

 

 

2,311

 

 

 

51

 

 

 

15,338

 

 

 

17,700

 

Total acquired loans

 

$

2,659

 

 

$

1,598

 

 

$

22,173

 

 

$

26,430

 

 

$

1,011

 

 

$

362,970

 

 

$

390,411

 

 

(1)

Past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest.

(2)

Acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30.

 

 

Note 5 – Mortgage Banking

The activity in the mortgage servicing rights (MSR) is detailed in the table below for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

74,007

 

 

$

64,358

 

Origination of servicing assets

 

 

3,072

 

 

 

3,126

 

Change in fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to market changes

 

 

(6,866

)

 

 

(2,368

)

Due to runoff

 

 

(2,005

)

 

 

(2,213

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

68,208

 

 

$

62,903

 

 

30


 

During the first three months of 2016 and 2015, Trustmark sold $235.4 million and $233.0 million, respectively, of residential mortgage loans.  Pretax gains on these sales were recorded to noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and totaled $2.6 million for the first three months of 2016 compared to $3.7 million for the first three months of 2015.  Trustmark’s mortgage loans serviced for others totaled $6.015 billion at March 31, 2016, compared with $5.971 billion at December 31, 2015.  The table below details the mortgage loans sold and serviced for others at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

Federal National Mortgage Association

 

$

3,780,435

 

 

$

3,750,685

 

Government National Mortgage Association

 

 

2,131,368

 

 

 

2,111,797

 

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation

 

 

64,943

 

 

 

67,817

 

Other

 

 

38,277

 

 

 

41,013

 

Total mortgage loans sold and serviced for others

 

$

6,015,023

 

 

$

5,971,312

 

 

Trustmark is subject to losses in its loan servicing portfolio due to loan foreclosures.  Trustmark has obligations to either repurchase the outstanding principal balance of a loan or make the purchaser whole for the economic benefits of a loan if it is determined that the loan sold was in violation of representations or warranties made by Trustmark at the time of the sale, herein referred to as mortgage loan servicing putback expenses.  Such representations and warranties typically include those made regarding loans that had missing or insufficient file documentation, loans that do not meet investor guidelines, loans in which the appraisal does not support the value and/or loans obtained through fraud by the borrowers or other third parties.  Generally, putback requests may be made until the loan is paid in full.  However, mortgage loans delivered to Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) on or after January 1, 2013 are subject to the Lending and Selling Representations and Warranties Framework updated in May 2014, which provides certain instances in which FNMA and FHLMC will not exercise their remedies, including a putback request, for breaches of certain selling representations and warranties, such as payment history and quality control review.

When a putback request is received, Trustmark evaluates the request and takes appropriate actions based on the nature of the request.  Effective January 1, 2013, Trustmark was required by FNMA and FHLMC to provide a response to putback requests within 60 days of the date of receipt.  Currently, putback requests primarily relate to 2009 through 2013 vintage mortgage loans.  The total mortgage loan servicing putback expenses incurred by Trustmark during the first three months of 2016 were $105 thousand compared to no mortgage loan servicing putback expenses during the same time period in 2015.

Changes in the reserve for mortgage loan servicing putback expense for mortgage loans delivered to FNMA in periods not covered by the November 2013 Resolution Agreement between Trustmark and FNMA and to other entities were as follows for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

1,685

 

 

$

1,170

 

Provision for putback expenses

 

 

105

 

 

 

 

Gains (losses)

 

 

(5

)

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

1,785

 

 

$

1,170

 

 

Mortgage loans covered by Trustmark’s Resolution Agreement executed with FNMA in November 2013 are only subject to putback risk due to borrower fraud or systemic risk.  Trustmark’s exposure to putback requests for loans sold to FNMA, which were originated after 2008, has improved as a result of industry-wide guidelines and process enhancements implemented since that time.  Trustmark’s exposure to putback requests for loans sold to GNMA has improved as a result of declining delinquency ratios.  Please refer to the “Past Due LHFS” section included in Note 3 – Loans Held for Investment (LHFI) and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI for additional information regarding mortgage loans sold to GNMA.

There is inherent uncertainty in reasonably estimating the requirement for reserves against potential future mortgage loan servicing putback expenses.  Future putback expenses are dependent on many subjective factors, including the review procedures of the purchasers and the potential refinance activity on loans sold with servicing released and the subsequent consequences under the representations and warranties.  Trustmark believes that it has appropriately reserved for potential mortgage loan servicing putback requests.

 

 

31


 

Note 6 –Other Real Estate and Covered Other Real Estate

Other Real Estate, excluding Covered Other Real Estate

At March 31, 2016, Trustmark’s geographic other real estate distribution was concentrated primarily in its five key market regions: Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.  The ultimate recovery of a substantial portion of the carrying amount of other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, is susceptible to changes in market conditions in these areas.

For the periods presented, changes and gains, net on other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, were as follows ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

77,177

 

 

$

92,509

 

Additions

 

 

3,306

 

 

 

8,656

 

Disposals

 

 

(7,537

)

 

 

(10,108

)

Write-downs

 

 

(1,140

)

 

 

(882

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

71,806

 

 

$

90,175

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain, net on the sale of other real estate included in

   ORE/Foreclosure expense

 

$

1,812

 

 

$

1,420

 

 

At March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, by type of property consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

Construction, land development and other land properties

 

$

44,405

 

 

$

47,550

 

1-4 family residential properties

 

 

8,576

 

 

 

10,732

 

Nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

16,732

 

 

 

16,717

 

Other real estate properties

 

 

2,093

 

 

 

2,178

 

Total other real estate, excluding covered other real estate

 

$

71,806

 

 

$

77,177

 

 

At March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, by geographic location consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

Alabama

 

$

19,137

 

 

$

21,578

 

Florida

 

 

27,907

 

 

 

29,579

 

Mississippi (1)

 

 

14,511

 

 

 

14,312

 

Tennessee (2)

 

 

8,699

 

 

 

9,974

 

Texas

 

 

1,552

 

 

 

1,734

 

Total other real estate, excluding covered other real estate

 

$

71,806

 

 

$

77,177

 

 

(1)

Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions

(2)

Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions

32


 

Covered Other Real Estate

For the periods presented, changes and gains (losses), net on covered other real estate were as follows ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

1,651

 

 

$

6,060

 

Transfers from covered loans

 

 

302

 

 

 

 

FASB ASC 310-30 adjustment for the residual recorded

   investment

 

 

 

 

 

(903

)

Net transfers from covered loans

 

 

302

 

 

 

(903

)

Disposals

 

 

(1,457

)

 

 

(221

)

Write-downs

 

 

 

 

 

(142

)

Balance at end of period

 

$

496

 

 

$

4,794

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain (loss), net on the sale of covered other real estate included in

   ORE/Foreclosure expense

 

$

56

 

 

$

(53

)

 

At March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, covered other real estate by type of property consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

Construction, land development and other land properties

 

$

62

 

 

$

638

 

1-4 family residential properties

 

 

183

 

 

 

223

 

Nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

251

 

 

 

399

 

Other real estate properties

 

 

 

 

 

391

 

Total covered other real estate

 

$

496

 

 

$

1,651

 

 

 

Note 7 – Deposits

At March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, deposits consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

Noninterest-bearing demand

 

$

2,874,306

 

 

$

2,998,694

 

Interest-bearing demand

 

 

1,841,209

 

 

 

1,938,497

 

Savings

 

 

3,238,211

 

 

 

2,970,997

 

Time

 

 

1,679,917

 

 

 

1,680,042

 

Total

 

$

9,633,643

 

 

$

9,588,230

 

 

 

Note 8 – Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements

Trustmark utilizes securities sold under repurchase agreements as a source of borrowing in connection with overnight repurchase agreements offered to commercial deposit customers by using its unencumbered investment securities as collateral.  Trustmark accounts for its securities sold under repurchase agreements as secured borrowings in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 860-30, “Transfers and Servicing – Secured Borrowing and Collateral.”  Securities sold under repurchase agreements are stated at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction.  Trustmark monitors collateral levels on a continual basis and may be required to provide additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities.  Trustmark’s repurchase agreements are transacted under master repurchase agreements that give Trustmark, in the event of default by the counterparty, the right of offset with the same counterparty.  As of March 31, 2016, all repurchase agreements were short-term and consisted primarily of sweep repurchase arrangements, under which excess deposits are “swept” into overnight repurchase agreements with Trustmark.  The following table presents the securities sold under repurchase agreements by collateral pledged at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 ($ in thousands):

33


 

 

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued by U.S. Government sponsored agencies

 

$

14,979

 

 

$

22,516

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other residential mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA

 

 

127,506

 

 

 

102,604

 

Total securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

$

142,485

 

 

$

125,120

 

 

 

Note 9 – Defined Benefit and Other Postretirement Benefits

Qualified Pension Plans

Trustmark maintains a noncontributory tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan (Trustmark Capital Accumulation Plan), in which substantially all associates who began employment prior to 2007 participate.  The plan provides retirement benefits that are based on the length of credited service and final average compensation, as defined in the plan, and vest upon three years of service.  Benefit accruals under the plan have been frozen since 2009, with the exception of certain associates covered through plans obtained in acquisitions that were subsequently merged into the Trustmark plan.  Other than the associates covered through these acquired plans that were merged into the Trustmark plan, associates have not earned additional benefits, except for interest as required by law, since the plan was frozen.  Current and former associates who participate in the plan retain their right to receive benefits that accrued before the plan was frozen.

The following table presents information regarding the net periodic benefit cost for Trustmark’s qualified defined benefit pension plan for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Service cost

 

$

108

 

 

$

131

 

Interest cost

 

 

830

 

 

 

862

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

 

(1,022

)

 

 

(1,296

)

Recognized net loss due to lump sum settlements

 

 

423

 

 

 

417

 

Recognized net actuarial loss

 

 

661

 

 

 

967

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

1,000

 

 

$

1,081

 

 

The range of potential contributions to the Trustmark Capital Accumulation Plan is determined annually by the plan’s actuary in accordance with applicable IRS rules and regulations.  Trustmark’s policy is to fund amounts that are sufficient to satisfy the annual minimum funding requirements and do not exceed the maximum that is deductible for federal income tax purposes.  The actual amount of the contribution is determined annually based on the plan’s funded status and return on plan assets as of the measurement date, which is December 31.  For the plan year ending December 31, 2016, Trustmark’s minimum required contribution to the Trustmark Capital Accumulation Plan is expected to be zero; however, Management and the Board of Directors of Trustmark will monitor the plan throughout 2016 to determine any additional funding requirements by the plan’s measurement date.

Supplemental Retirement Plans

Trustmark maintains a nonqualified supplemental retirement plan covering key executive officers and senior officers as well as directors who have elected to defer fees.  The plan provides for retirement and/or death benefits based on a participant’s covered salary or deferred fees.  Although plan benefits may be paid from Trustmark’s general assets, Trustmark has purchased life insurance contracts on the participants covered under the plan, which may be used to fund future benefit payments under the plan.  The measurement date for the plan is December 31.  As a result of the BancTrust merger on February 15, 2013, Trustmark became the administrator of an additional nonqualified supplemental retirement plan, for which the plan benefits were frozen prior to the merger date.

34


 

The following table presents information regarding the net periodic benefit cost for Trustmark’s nonqualified supplemental retirement plans for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Service cost

 

$

74

 

 

$

108

 

Interest cost

 

 

546

 

 

 

524

 

Amortization of prior service cost

 

 

63

 

 

 

63

 

Recognized net actuarial loss

 

 

221

 

 

 

253

 

Net periodic benefit cost

 

$

904

 

 

$

948

 

 

 

Note 10 – Stock and Incentive Compensation Plans

Trustmark has granted stock and incentive compensation awards subject to the provisions of the Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the Plan).  Current outstanding and future grants of stock and incentive compensation awards are subject to the provisions of the Plan, which is designed to provide flexibility to Trustmark regarding its ability to motivate, attract and retain the services of key associates and directors.  The Plan also allows Trustmark to grant nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance units to key associates and directors.

Restricted Stock Grants

Performance Awards

Trustmark’s performance awards vest over three years and are granted to Trustmark’s executive and senior management teams.  Performance awards granted vest based on performance goals of return on average tangible equity and total shareholder return compared to a defined peer group.  Performance awards are valued utilizing a Monte Carlo simulation model to estimate fair value of the awards at the grant date.  These awards are recognized using the straight-line method over the requisite service period.  These awards provide for achievement shares if performance measures exceed 100%.  The restricted share agreement provides for voting rights and dividend privileges.

Time-Vested Awards

Trustmark’s time-vested awards vest over three years and are granted to members of Trustmark’s Board of Directors as well as Trustmark’s executive and senior management teams.  Time-vested awards are valued utilizing the fair value of Trustmark’s stock at the grant date.  These awards are recognized on the straight-line method over the requisite service period.

 

The following table summarizes the stock and incentive plan activity for the periods presented:

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2016

 

 

 

Performance

Awards

 

 

Time-Vested

Awards

 

Nonvested shares, beginning of period

 

 

212,309

 

 

 

306,657

 

Granted

 

 

99,116

 

 

 

137,291

 

Released from restriction

 

 

(35,756

)

 

 

(82,392

)

Forfeited

 

 

(20,995

)

 

 

(1,240

)

Nonvested shares, end of period

 

 

254,674

 

 

 

360,316

 

 

 

The following table presents information regarding compensation expense for awards under the Plan for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Performance awards

 

$

100

 

 

$

246

 

Time-vested awards

 

 

861

 

 

 

605

 

Total compensation expense

 

$

961

 

 

$

851

 

 

 

 

 

35


 

Note 11 – Contingencies

Lending Related

Trustmark makes commitments to extend credit and issues standby and commercial letters of credit (letters of credit) in the normal course of business in order to fulfill the financing needs of its customers.  The carrying amount of commitments to extend credit and letters of credit approximates the fair value of such financial instruments.  These amounts are not material to Trustmark’s financial statements.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend money to customers pursuant to certain specified conditions.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses.  Because many of these commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  The exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the commitments to extend credit is represented by the contract amount of those instruments.  Trustmark applies the same credit policies and standards as it does in the lending process when making these commitments.  The collateral obtained is based upon the assessed creditworthiness of the borrower.  At March 31, 2016 and 2015, Trustmark had unused commitments to extend credit of $3.007 billion and $2.583 billion, respectively.

Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by Trustmark to insure the performance of a customer to a third-party.  A financial standby letter of credit irrevocably obligates Trustmark to pay a third-party beneficiary when a customer fails to repay an outstanding loan or debt instrument.  A performance standby letter of credit irrevocably obligates Trustmark to pay a third-party beneficiary when a customer fails to perform some contractual, nonfinancial obligation.  When issuing letters of credit, Trustmark uses essentially the same policies regarding credit risk and collateral, which are followed in the lending process.  At March 31, 2016 and 2015, Trustmark’s maximum exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party for letters of credit was $114.9 million and $131.7 million, respectively.  These amounts consist primarily of commitments with maturities of less than three years, which have an immaterial carrying value.  Trustmark holds collateral to support standby letters of credit when deemed necessary.  As of March 31, 2016 and 2015, the fair value of collateral held was $30.0 million and $29.6 million, respectively.

36


 

Legal Proceedings

Trustmark’s wholly-owned subsidiary, TNB, has been named as a defendant in three lawsuits related to the collapse of the Stanford Financial Group.  The first is a purported class action complaint that was filed on August 23, 2009 in the District Court of Harris County, Texas, by Peggy Roif Rotstain, Guthrie Abbott, Catherine Burnell, Steven Queyrouze, Jaime Alexis Arroyo Bornstein and Juan C. Olano (collectively, Class Plaintiffs), on behalf of themselves and all others similarly situated, naming TNB and four other financial institutions unaffiliated with Trustmark as defendants.  The complaint seeks to recover (i) alleged fraudulent transfers from each of the defendants in the amount of fees and other monies received by each defendant from entities controlled by R. Allen Stanford (collectively, the Stanford Financial Group) and (ii) damages allegedly attributable to alleged conspiracies by one or more of the defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud on the asserted grounds that defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme.  Plaintiffs have demanded a jury trial.  Plaintiffs did not quantify damages.  In November 2009, the lawsuit was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings.  In May 2010, all defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the lawsuit.  In August 2010, the court authorized and approved the formation of an Official Stanford Investors Committee (OSIC) to represent the interests of Stanford investors and, under certain circumstances, to file legal actions for the benefit of Stanford investors.  In December 2011, the OSIC filed a motion to intervene in this action.  In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues.  In December 2012, the court granted the OSIC’s motion to intervene, and the OSIC filed an Intervenor Complaint against one of the other defendant financial institutions.  In February 2013, the OSIC filed an additional Intervenor Complaint that asserts claims against TNB and the remaining defendant financial institutions.  The OSIC seeks to recover: (i) alleged fraudulent transfers in the amount of the fees each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group, the profits each of the defendants allegedly made from Stanford Financial Group deposits, and other monies each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group; (ii) damages attributable to alleged conspiracies by each of the defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud and conversion on the asserted grounds that the defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme; and (iii) punitive damages.  The OSIC did not quantify damages.  In July 2013, all defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the OSIC’s claims.  In March 2015, the court entered an order authorizing the parties to conduct discovery regarding class certification and setting a deadline for the parties to complete briefing on class certification issues.  All parties have completed and filed briefing on the class certification issues.  In April 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motions to dismiss the Class Plaintiffs’ claims and the OSIC’s claims.  The court dismissed all of the Class Plaintiffs’ fraudulent transfer claims and dismissed certain of the OSIC’s fraudulent transfer claims.  The court denied the defendants’ motions to dismiss in all other regards.  On June 23, 2015, the court allowed the Class Plaintiffs to file a Second Amended Class Action Complaint (SAC), which asserted new claims against TNB and certain of the other defendants for aiding, abetting, and participating in (i) violations of the Texas Securities Act and (ii) breaches of fiduciary duty.  On July 14, 2015, the defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the SAC.  The Court has not yet ruled on the defendants’ motions to dismiss the SAC.

The second Stanford-related lawsuit was filed on December 14, 2009 in the District Court of Ascension Parish, Louisiana, individually by Harold Jackson, Paul Blaine, Carolyn Bass Smith, Christine Nichols, and Ronald and Ramona Hebert naming TNB (misnamed as Trust National Bank) and other individuals and entities not affiliated with Trustmark as defendants.  The complaint seeks to recover the money lost by these individual plaintiffs as a result of the collapse of  the Stanford Financial Group (in addition to other damages) under various theories and causes of action, including negligence, breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, negligent misrepresentation, detrimental reliance, conspiracy, and violation of Louisiana’s uniform fiduciary, securities, and racketeering laws.  The complaint does not quantify the amount of money the plaintiffs seek to recover.  In January 2010, the lawsuit was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings.  On March 29, 2010, the court stayed the case.  TNB filed a motion to lift the stay, which was denied on February 28, 2012.  In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues.

On April 11, 2016, Trustmark learned that a third Stanford-related lawsuit had been filed on April 11, 2016 in the Superior Court of Justice in Ontario, Canada, by The Toronto-Dominion Bank (“TD Bank”), naming TNB and three other financial institutions not affiliated with Trustmark as defendants.  The complaint seeks a declaration specifying the degree to which each of TNB and the other defendants are liable in respect of any loss and damage for which TD Bank is found to be liable in a litigation commenced against TD Bank brought by the Joint Liquidators of Stanford International Bank Limited in the Superior Court of Justice, Commercial List in Ontario, Canada (the “Joint Liquidators’ Action”), as well as contribution and indemnity in respect of any judgment, interest and costs TD Bank is ordered to pay in the Joint Liquidators’ Action.  To date, TNB has not been served in connection with this action.

37


 

TNB’s relationship with the Stanford Financial Group began as a result of Trustmark’s acquisition of a Houston-based bank in August 2006, and consisted of correspondent banking and other traditional banking services in the ordinary course of business.  All Stanford-related lawsuits are in their preliminary stages.

TNB has been named as a defendant in two separately filed but now consolidated lawsuits involving two testamentary trusts created in the will of Kathleen Killebrew Paine for her two children, Carolyn Paine Davis and W.K. Paine.  TNB is named as the Trustee in both trusts.  The lawsuits were filed on June 30, 2014 in the Chancery Court of the First Judicial District of Hinds County, Mississippi by Jennifer Davis Michael, Elizabeth Paine Lindigrin, Wilmer Harrison Paine, Kenneth Whitworth Paine, Robert Harvey Paine and Nathan Davis, who are all children of Mrs. Davis and Mr. Paine.  The complaints allege that the plaintiffs are vested current beneficiaries of the respective trusts; that the plaintiffs should have been entitled to be considered for distributions of trust income; and that the interests of Mrs. Davis and Mr. Paine were favored over plaintiffs’ interest in both the distribution of income and in the making of trust investments.  Plaintiffs seek compensatory damages, refund of trust fees and sweep fees, punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and pre- and post-judgment interest.  On March 9, 2015, the court granted TNB’s motion to add Mrs. Davis and Mr. W.K. Paine as cross-defendants.  Following a bench trial that concluded on January 20, 2016, the judge ordered the parties to enter into mandatory mediation.  On February 22, 2016, the mediator reported to the judge that the mediation had failed to resolve the matter.  The judge will next conduct a scheduling conference for a timeframe for the parties to submit findings of fact and conclusions of law to the court.  The judge will consider those submissions and then enter a ruling on the case at some point in the future.

Trustmark and its subsidiaries are also parties to other lawsuits and other claims that arise in the ordinary course of business.  Some of the lawsuits assert claims related to the lending, collection, servicing, investment, trust and other business activities, and some of the lawsuits allege substantial claims for damages.

All pending legal proceedings described above are being vigorously contested.  In accordance FASB ASC Topic 450-20, “Loss Contingencies,” Trustmark will establish an accrued liability for litigation matters when those matters present loss contingencies that are both probable and reasonably estimable.  At the present time, Trustmark believes, based on its evaluation and the advice of legal counsel, that a loss in any such proceeding is not both probable and reasonably estimable.

 

 

Note 12 – Earnings Per Share (EPS)

The following table reflects weighted-average shares used to calculate basic and diluted EPS for the periods presented (in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Basic shares

 

 

67,610

 

 

 

67,526

 

Dilutive shares

 

 

137

 

 

 

113

 

Diluted shares

 

 

67,747

 

 

 

67,639

 

 

For the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, Trustmark had no weighted-average antidilutive stock awards.  

 

 

Note 13 – Statements of Cash Flows

The following table reflects specific transaction amounts for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Income taxes paid

 

$

376

 

 

$

351

 

Interest expense paid on deposits and borrowings

 

 

4,986

 

 

 

4,428

 

Noncash transfers from loans to other real estate (1)

 

 

3,608

 

 

 

7,753

 

 

(1)

Includes transfers from covered loans to covered other real estate.

 

 

38


 

Note 14 – Shareholders’ Equity

Regulatory Capital

Trustmark and TNB are subject to minimum risk-based capital and leverage capital requirements, as described in the section captioned “Capital Adequacy” included in Part I. Item 1. – Business of Trustmark’s 2015 Annual Report on Form 10-K, which are administered by the federal bank regulatory agencies.  These capital requirements, as defined by federal regulations, involve quantitative and qualitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet instruments.  Effective January 1, 2016, Trustmark’s and TNB’s minimum risk-based capital requirements include the year-one phased in capital conservation buffer of 0.625%.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements of Trustmark and TNB and limit Trustmark’s and TNB’s ability to pay dividends.  As of March 31, 2016, Trustmark and TNB exceeded all applicable minimum capital standards.  In addition, Trustmark and TNB met applicable regulatory guidelines to be considered well-capitalized at March 31, 2016.  To be categorized in this manner, Trustmark and TNB maintained minimum common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital, total risk-based capital and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the accompanying table, and were not subject to any written agreement, order or capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive issued by their primary federal regulators to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measures.  There are no significant conditions or events that have occurred since March 31, 2016, which Management believes have affected Trustmark’s or TNB’s present classification.

The following table provides Trustmark’s and TNB’s actual regulatory capital amounts and ratios under regulatory capital standards in effect at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 ($ in thousands):

 

 

Actual

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Regulatory Capital

 

 

Minimum

 

 

To Be Well

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Ratio

 

 

Requirement

 

 

Capitalized

 

At March 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,170,453

 

 

 

12.41

%

 

 

5.13

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,211,942

 

 

 

12.85

%

 

 

5.13

%

 

 

6.50

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,230,019

 

 

 

13.04

%

 

 

6.63

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,211,942

 

 

 

12.85

%

 

 

6.63

%

 

 

8.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,313,222

 

 

 

13.92

%

 

 

8.63

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,295,145

 

 

 

13.73

%

 

 

8.63

%

 

 

10.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 Leverage (to Average Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,230,019

 

 

 

9.93

%

 

 

4.00

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,211,942

 

 

 

9.80

%

 

 

4.00

%

 

 

5.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At December 31, 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,161,598

 

 

 

12.57

%

 

 

4.50

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,201,113

 

 

 

13.00

%

 

 

4.50

%

 

 

6.50

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,220,535

 

 

 

13.21

%

 

 

6.00

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,201,113

 

 

 

13.00

%

 

 

6.00

%

 

 

8.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,300,146

 

 

 

14.07

%

 

 

8.00

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,280,724

 

 

 

13.86

%

 

 

8.00

%

 

 

10.00

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 Leverage (to Average Assets)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trustmark Corporation

 

$

1,220,535

 

 

 

10.03

%

 

 

4.00

%

 

n/a

 

Trustmark National Bank

 

 

1,201,113

 

 

 

9.89

%

 

 

4.00

%

 

 

5.00

%

 

39


 

Stock Repurchase Program

On March 11, 2016, the Board of Directors of Trustmark authorized a stock repurchase program under which $100.0 million of Trustmark’s outstanding common stock may be acquired through March 31, 2019.  The shares may be purchased from time to time at prevailing market prices, through open market or privately negotiated transactions, depending on market conditions.  Trustmark did not repurchase any shares of its common stock during the three months ended March 31, 2016.

Other Comprehensive Income and Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The following table presents the components of accumulated other comprehensive loss and the related tax effects allocated to each component for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 ($ in thousands).  Reclassification adjustments related to securities available for sale are included in securities gains, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.  The amortization of prior service cost, recognized net loss due to lump sum settlements and change in net actuarial loss on pension and other postretirement benefit plans are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost (see Note 9 – Defined Benefit and Other Postretirement Benefits for additional details).  Reclassification adjustments related to the cash flow hedge derivative are included in other interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

 

 

Before Tax

Amount

 

 

Tax (Expense)

Benefit

 

 

Net of Tax

Amount

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2016:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale and transferred securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding gains arising during the period

 

$

35,343

 

 

$

(13,518

)

 

$

21,825

 

Reclassification adjustment for net losses realized in net income

 

 

310

 

 

 

(119

)

 

 

191

 

Change in net unrealized holding loss on securities transferred to

   held to maturity

 

 

2,724

 

 

 

(1,042

)

 

 

1,682

 

Total securities available for sale and transferred securities

 

 

38,377

 

 

 

(14,679

)

 

 

23,698

 

Pension and other postretirement benefit plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in prior service costs

 

 

62

 

 

 

(24

)

 

 

38

 

Recognized net loss due to lump sum settlements

 

 

423

 

 

 

(162

)

 

 

261

 

Change in net actuarial loss

 

 

882

 

 

 

(337

)

 

 

545

 

Total pension and other postretirement benefit plans

 

 

1,367

 

 

 

(523

)

 

 

844

 

Cash flow hedge derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in accumulated loss on effective cash flow hedge derivatives

 

 

(1,328

)

 

 

508

 

 

 

(820

)

Reclassification adjustment for loss realized in net income

 

 

160

 

 

 

(61

)

 

 

99

 

Total cash flow hedge derivatives

 

 

(1,168

)

 

 

447

 

 

 

(721

)

Total other comprehensive income

 

$

38,576

 

 

$

(14,755

)

 

$

23,821

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale and transferred securities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding gains arising during the period

 

$

18,438

 

 

$

(7,052

)

 

$

11,386

 

Reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in net unrealized holding loss on securities transferred to

   held to maturity

 

 

1,415

 

 

 

(541

)

 

 

874

 

Total securities available for sale and transferred securities

 

 

19,853

 

 

 

(7,593

)

 

 

12,260

 

Pension and other postretirement benefit plans:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in prior service costs

 

 

63

 

 

 

(24

)

 

 

39

 

Recognized net loss due to lump sum settlements

 

 

417

 

 

 

(160

)

 

 

257

 

Change in net actuarial loss

 

 

1,220

 

 

 

(466

)

 

 

754

 

Total pension and other postretirement benefit plans

 

 

1,700

 

 

 

(650

)

 

 

1,050

 

Cash flow hedge derivatives:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in accumulated gain on effective cash flow hedge derivatives

 

 

(985

)

 

 

377

 

 

 

(608

)

Reclassification adjustment for loss realized in net income

 

 

211

 

 

 

(81

)

 

 

130

 

Total cash flow hedge derivatives

 

 

(774

)

 

 

296

 

 

 

(478

)

Total other comprehensive income

 

$

20,779

 

 

$

(7,947

)

 

$

12,832

 

 

40


 

The following table presents the changes in the balances of each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss for the periods presented ($ in thousands).  All amounts are presented net of tax.

 

 

Securities

Available for Sale

and Transferred

Securities

 

 

Defined

Benefit

Pension Items

 

 

Cash Flow

Hedge

Derivatives

 

 

Total

 

Balance at January 1, 2016

 

$

(17,394

)

 

$

(27,840

)

 

$

(160

)

 

$

(45,394

)

Other comprehensive income (loss)

   before reclassification

 

 

23,507

 

 

 

 

 

 

(820

)

 

 

22,687

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other

   comprehensive loss

 

 

191

 

 

 

844

 

 

 

99

 

 

 

1,134

 

Net other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

23,698

 

 

 

844

 

 

 

(721

)

 

 

23,821

 

Balance at March 31, 2016

 

$

6,304

 

 

$

(26,996

)

 

$

(881

)

 

$

(21,573

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2015

 

$

(11,003

)

 

$

(31,617

)

 

$

136

 

 

$

(42,484

)

Other comprehensive income (loss)

   before reclassification

 

 

12,260

 

 

 

1,050

 

 

 

(608

)

 

 

12,702

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other

   comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

130

 

 

 

130

 

Net other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

12,260

 

 

 

1,050

 

 

 

(478

)

 

 

12,832

 

Balance at March 31, 2015

 

$

1,257

 

 

$

(30,567

)

 

$

(342

)

 

$

(29,652

)

 

 

Note 15 – Fair Value

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value

The methodologies Trustmark uses in determining the fair values are based primarily on the use of independent, market-based data to reflect a value that would be reasonably expected upon exchange of the position in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  The predominant portion of assets that are stated at fair value are of a nature that can be valued using prices or inputs that are readily observable through a variety of independent data providers.  The providers selected by Trustmark for fair valuation data are widely recognized and accepted vendors whose evaluations support the pricing functions of financial institutions, investment and mutual funds, and portfolio managers.  Trustmark has documented and evaluated the pricing methodologies used by the vendors and maintains internal processes that regularly test valuations for anomalies.

Trustmark utilizes an independent pricing service to advise it on the carrying value of the securities available for sale portfolio.  As part of Trustmark’s procedures, the price provided from the service is evaluated for reasonableness given market changes.  When a questionable price exists, Trustmark investigates further to determine if the price is valid.  If needed, other market participants may be utilized to determine the correct fair value.  Trustmark has also reviewed and confirmed its determinations in thorough discussions with the pricing source regarding their methods of price discovery.

Mortgage loan commitments are valued based on the securities prices of similar collateral, term, rate and delivery for which the loan is eligible to deliver in place of the particular security.  Trustmark acquires a broad array of mortgage security prices that are supplied by a market data vendor, which in turn accumulates prices from a broad list of securities dealers.  Prices are processed through a mortgage pipeline management system that accumulates and segregates all loan commitment and forward-sale transactions according to the similarity of various characteristics (maturity, term, rate, and collateral).  Prices are matched to those positions that are deemed to be an eligible substitute or offset (i.e., “deliverable”) for a corresponding security observed in the market place.

Trustmark estimates fair value of the MSR through the use of prevailing market participant assumptions and market participant valuation processes.  This valuation is periodically tested and validated against other third-party firm valuations.

Trustmark obtains the fair value of interest rate swaps from a third-party pricing service that uses an industry standard discounted cash flow methodology.  In addition, credit valuation adjustments are incorporated in the fair values to account for potential nonperformance risk.  In adjusting the fair value of its interest rate swap contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, Trustmark has considered any applicable credit enhancements such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees.  In conjunction with the FASB’s fair value measurement guidance, Trustmark made an accounting policy election to measure the credit risk of these derivative financial instruments, which are subject to master netting agreements, on a net basis by counterparty portfolio.

41


 

Trustmark has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its interest rate swaps offered to qualified commercial borrowers fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, while the credit valuation adjustments associated with these derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads.  Trustmark has assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its interest rate swaps and has determined that the credit valuation adjustment is not significant to the overall valuation of these derivatives.  As a result, Trustmark classifies its interest rate swap valuations in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Trustmark also utilizes exchange-traded derivative instruments such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts to achieve a fair value return that offsets the changes in fair value of the MSR attributable to interest rates.  Fair values of these derivative instruments are determined from quoted prices in active markets for identical assets therefore allowing them to be classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.  In addition, Trustmark utilizes derivative instruments such as interest rate lock commitments in its mortgage banking area which lack observable inputs for valuation purposes resulting in their inclusion in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

At this time, Trustmark presents no fair values that are derived through internal modeling.  Should positions requiring fair valuation arise that are not relevant to existing methodologies, Trustmark will make every reasonable effort to obtain market participant assumptions, or independent evaluation.

Financial Assets and Liabilities

The following tables summarize financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, segregated by the level of valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value ($ in thousands).  There were no transfers between fair value levels for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and the year ended December 31, 2015.

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

 

$

64,100

 

 

$

 

 

$

64,100

 

 

$

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

135,655

 

 

 

 

 

 

135,655

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

2,168,365

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,168,365

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale

 

 

2,368,120

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,368,120

 

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

191,028

 

 

 

 

 

 

191,028

 

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 

68,208

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68,208

 

Other assets - derivatives

 

 

8,591

 

 

 

699

 

 

 

4,608

 

 

 

3,284

 

Other liabilities - derivatives

 

 

8,353

 

 

 

151

 

 

 

8,202

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

 

$

68,416

 

 

$

 

 

$

68,416

 

 

$

 

Obligations of states and political subdivisions

 

 

138,609

 

 

 

 

 

 

138,609

 

 

 

 

Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

2,113,440

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,113,440

 

 

 

 

Asset-backed securities and structured financial products

 

 

24,957

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,957

 

 

 

 

Securities available for sale

 

 

2,345,422

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,345,422

 

 

 

 

Loans held for sale

 

 

160,189

 

 

 

 

 

 

160,189

 

 

 

 

Mortgage servicing rights

 

 

74,007

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

74,007

 

Other assets - derivatives

 

 

3,611

 

 

 

(149

)

 

 

2,647

 

 

 

1,113

 

Other liabilities - derivatives

 

 

3,929

 

 

 

1,220

 

 

 

2,709

 

 

 

 

 

42


 

The changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 are summarized as follows ($ in thousands):

 

 

MSR

 

 

Other Assets -

Derivatives

 

Balance, January 1, 2016

 

$

74,007

 

 

$

1,113

 

Total net (loss) gain included in Mortgage banking, net (1)

 

 

(8,871

)

 

 

3,097

 

Additions

 

 

3,072

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

(926

)

Balance, March 31, 2016

 

$

68,208

 

 

$

3,284

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The amount of total (losses) gains for the period included in earnings

   that are attributable to the change in unrealized gains or

   losses still held at March 31, 2016

 

$

(6,866

)

 

$

398

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2015

 

$

64,358

 

 

$

1,299

 

Total net (loss) gain included in Mortgage banking, net (1)

 

 

(4,581

)

 

 

2,410

 

Additions

 

 

3,126

 

 

 

 

Sales

 

 

 

 

 

(1,121

)

Balance, March 31, 2015

 

$

62,903

 

 

$

2,588

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The amount of total losses for the period included in

   earnings that are attributable to the change in unrealized

   gains or losses still held at March 31, 2015

 

$

(2,368

)

 

$

(34

)

 

(1)

Total net (loss) gain included in Mortgage banking, net relating to the MSR includes changes in fair value due to market changes and due to run-off.

Trustmark may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP.  Assets at March 31, 2016, which have been measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, include impaired LHFI.  Loans for which it is probable Trustmark will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired.  Impaired LHFI have been determined to be collateral dependent and assessed using a fair value approach.  Specific allowances for impaired LHFI are based on comparisons of the recorded carrying values of the loans to the present value of the estimated cash flows of these loans at each loan’s original effective interest rate, the fair value of the collateral or the observable market prices of the loans.  Fair value estimates begin with appraised values based on the current market value or as-is value of the property being appraised, normally from recently received and reviewed appraisals.  Appraisals are obtained from state-certified appraisers and are based on certain assumptions, which may include construction or development status and the highest and best use of the property.  These appraisals are reviewed by Trustmark’s Appraisal Review Department to ensure they are acceptable.  Appraised values are adjusted down for costs associated with asset disposal.  At March 31, 2016, Trustmark had outstanding balances of $41.1 million in impaired LHFI that were specifically identified for evaluation and written down to the fair value of the underlying collateral less cost to sell based on the fair value of the collateral or other unobservable input compared to $26.5 million at December 31, 2015.  These specifically evaluated impaired LHFI are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.  Impaired LHFI are periodically reviewed and evaluated for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly based on the same factors identified above.

Nonfinancial Assets and Liabilities

Certain nonfinancial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis include foreclosed assets (upon initial recognition or subsequent impairment), nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities measured at fair value in the second step of a goodwill impairment test, and intangible assets and other nonfinancial long-lived assets measured at fair value for impairment assessment.

43


 

Other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, includes assets that have been acquired in satisfaction of debt through foreclosure and is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value.  Fair value is based on independent appraisals and other relevant factors.  In the determination of fair value subsequent to foreclosure, Management also considers other factors or recent developments, such as changes in market conditions from the time of valuation and anticipated sales values considering plans for disposition, which could result in an adjustment to lower the collateral value estimates indicated in the appraisals.  At March 31, 2016, Trustmark’s geographic other real estate distribution was concentrated primarily in its five key market regions: Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.  The ultimate recovery of a substantial portion of the carrying amount of other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, is susceptible to changes in market conditions in these areas.  Periodic revaluations are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy since assumptions are used that may not be observable in the market.

Certain foreclosed assets, upon initial recognition, are remeasured and reported at fair value through a charge-off to the allowance for loan losses based upon the fair value of the foreclosed asset.  The fair value of a foreclosed asset, upon initial recognition, is estimated using Level 3 inputs based on adjusted observable market data.  Foreclosed assets measured at fair value upon initial recognition totaled $3.3 million (utilizing Level 3 valuation inputs) during the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared with $8.7 million for the same period in 2015.  In connection with the measurement and initial recognition of the foregoing foreclosed assets, Trustmark recognized charge-offs of the allowance for loan losses totaling $1.4 million and $2.3 million for the first three months of 2016 and 2015, respectively.  Other than foreclosed assets measured at fair value upon initial recognition, $12.2 million of foreclosed assets were remeasured during the first three months of 2016, requiring write-downs of $1.1 million to reach their current fair values compared to $13.7 million of foreclosed assets that were remeasured during the first three months of 2015, requiring write-downs of $882 thousand.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

FASB ASC Topic 825, “Financial Instruments,” requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or non-recurring basis. A detailed description of the valuation methodologies used in estimating the fair value of financial instruments can be found in Note 19 – Fair Value included in Item 8 of Trustmark’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015.

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, are as follows ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Carrying

Value

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

 

Carrying

Value

 

 

Estimated

Fair Value

 

Financial Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 2 Inputs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and short-term investments

 

$

228,498

 

 

$

228,498

 

 

$

278,001

 

 

$

278,001

 

Securities held to maturity

 

 

1,168,203

 

 

 

1,199,213

 

 

 

1,187,818

 

 

 

1,195,367

 

Level 3 Inputs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net LHFI

 

 

7,198,354

 

 

 

7,337,520

 

 

 

7,023,766

 

 

 

7,136,105

 

Net acquired loans

 

 

351,220

 

 

 

351,220

 

 

 

378,419

 

 

 

378,419

 

FDIC indemnification asset

 

 

506

 

 

 

506

 

 

 

738

 

 

 

738

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Level 2 Inputs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

9,633,643

 

 

 

9,638,119

 

 

 

9,588,230

 

 

 

9,592,531

 

Short-term liabilities

 

 

877,821

 

 

 

877,821

 

 

 

853,659

 

 

 

853,659

 

Long-term FHLB advances

 

 

501,124

 

 

 

507,128

 

 

 

501,155

 

 

 

501,160

 

Subordinated notes

 

 

49,977

 

 

 

51,279

 

 

 

49,969

 

 

 

51,405

 

Junior subordinated debt securities

 

 

61,856

 

 

 

43,299

 

 

 

61,856

 

 

 

49,021

 

 

44


 

In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are generally based on estimates using present value techniques.  Trustmark’s premise in present value techniques is to represent the fair values on a basis of replacement value of the existing instrument given observed market rates on the measurement date.  These techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows.  In that regard, the derived fair value estimates for those assets or liabilities cannot necessarily be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, may not be realizable in immediate settlement of the instruments.  The estimated fair value of financial instruments with immediate and shorter-term maturities (generally 90 days or less) is assumed to be the same as the recorded book value.  All nonfinancial instruments, by definition, have been excluded from these disclosure requirements.  Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of Trustmark.

The fair values of net LHFI are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics.  For variable rate LHFI that reprice frequently with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values.  The fair values of certain mortgage LHFI, such as 1-4 family residential properties, are based on quoted market prices of similar loans sold in conjunction with securitization transactions, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics.  The fair values of other types of LHFI are estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.  The processes for estimating the fair value of net LHFI described above does not represent an exit price under FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” and such an exit price could potentially produce a different fair value estimate at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

Fair Value Option

Trustmark has elected to account for its mortgage LHFS purchased or originated on or after October 1, 2014 under the fair value option, with interest income on these mortgage LHFS reported in interest and fees on LHFS and LHFI.  The fair value of the mortgage LHFS is determined using quoted prices for a similar asset, adjusted for specific attributes of that loan.  The mortgage LHFS are actively managed and monitored and certain market risks of the loans may be mitigated through the use of derivatives.  These derivative instruments are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net.  The changes in the fair value of the LHFS are largely offset by changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments.  For the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, a net gain of $2.8 million and $382 thousand, respectively, was recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net for changes in the fair value of the LHFS accounted for under the fair value option.  Interest and fees on LHFS and LHFI for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 included $867 thousand and $1.1 million, respectively, of interest earned on the LHFS accounted for under the fair value option.  Election of the fair value option allows Trustmark to reduce the accounting volatility that would otherwise result from the asymmetry created by accounting for the financial instruments at the lower of cost or fair value and the derivatives at fair value.  The fair value option election does not apply to the GNMA optional repurchase loans which do not meet the requirements under FASB ASC Topic 825 to be accounted for under the fair value option.  GNMA optional repurchase loans totaled $34.9 million and $36.0 million at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, and are included in LHFS on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

The following table provides information about the fair value and the contractual principal outstanding of the LHFS accounted for under the fair value option as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

Fair value of LHFS

 

$

156,170

 

 

$

124,165

 

LHFS contractual principal outstanding

 

 

150,264

 

 

 

121,608

 

Fair value less unpaid principal

 

$

5,906

 

 

$

2,557

 

 

 

Note 16 – Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments

On April 4, 2013, Trustmark entered into a forward interest rate swap contract on junior subordinated debentures with a total notional amount of $60.0 million.  The interest rate swap contract was designated as a derivative instrument in a cash flow hedge under FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” with the objective of protecting the quarterly interest payments on Trustmark’s $60.0 million of junior subordinated debentures issued to Trustmark Preferred Capital Trust I throughout the five-year period beginning December 31, 2014 and ending December 31, 2019 from the risk of variability of those payments resulting from changes in the three-month LIBOR interest rate.  Under the swap, which became effective on December 31, 2014, Trustmark will pay a fixed interest rate of 1.66% and receive a variable interest rate based on three-month LIBOR on a total notional amount of $60.0 million, with quarterly net settlements.

45


 

No ineffectiveness related to the interest rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge was recognized in the consolidated statements of income for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015.  The accumulated net after-tax loss related to the effective cash flow hedge included in accumulated other comprehensive loss totaled $881 thousand and $160 thousand at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.  Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to this derivative are reclassified to other interest expense as interest payments are made on Trustmark’s variable rate junior subordinated debentures.  During the next twelve months, Trustmark estimates that $563 thousand will be reclassified as an increase to other interest expense.

Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments

Trustmark utilizes a portfolio of exchange-traded derivative instruments, such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts, to achieve a fair value return that economically hedges changes in the fair value of the MSR attributable to interest rates.  These transactions are considered freestanding derivatives that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting.  The total notional amount of these derivative instruments were $324.0 million at March 31, 2016 compared to $264.5 million at December 31, 2015.  Changes in the fair value of these exchange-traded derivative instruments are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by changes in the fair value of the MSR.  The impact of this strategy resulted in a net positive ineffectiveness of $413 thousand and $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

As part of Trustmark’s risk management strategy in the mortgage banking area, derivative instruments such as forward sales contracts are utilized.  Trustmark’s obligations under forward sales contracts consist of commitments to deliver mortgage loans, originated and/or purchased, in the secondary market at a future date.  Changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by changes in the fair value of LHFS.  Trustmark’s off-balance sheet obligations under these derivative instruments totaled $279.6 million at March 31, 2016, with a negative valuation adjustment of $2.0 million, compared to $190.5 million, with a positive valuation adjustment of $262 thousand as of December 31, 2015.

Trustmark also utilizes derivative instruments such as interest rate lock commitments in its mortgage banking area.  Interest rate lock commitments are residential mortgage loan commitments with customers, which guarantee a specified interest rate for a specified time period.  Changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by the changes in the fair value of forward sales contracts.  Trustmark’s off-balance sheet obligations under these derivative instruments totaled $184.8 million at March 31, 2016, with a positive valuation adjustment of $3.3 million, compared to $108.1 million, with a positive valuation adjustment of $1.1 million as of December 31, 2015.

Trustmark offers certain derivatives products directly to qualified commercial lending clients seeking to manage their interest rate risk.  Trustmark economically hedges interest rate swap transactions executed with commercial lending clients by entering into offsetting interest rate swap transactions with institutional derivatives market participants.  Derivatives transactions executed as part of this program are not designated as qualifying hedging relationships and are, therefore, carried at fair value with the change in fair value recorded in noninterest income in bank card and other fees.  Because these derivatives have mirror-image contractual terms, in addition to collateral provisions which mitigate the impact of non-performance risk, the changes in fair value are expected to substantially offset.  As of March 31, 2016, Trustmark had interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $356.6 million related to this program, compared to $359.3 million as of December 31, 2015.

Credit-risk-related Contingent Features

Trustmark has agreements with its financial institution counterparties that contain provisions where if Trustmark defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then Trustmark could also be declared in default on its derivatives obligations.

As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the termination value of interest rate swaps in a liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $6.1 million and $2.6 million, respectively.  As of March 31, 2016, Trustmark had posted collateral of $4.8 million against its obligations because of negotiated thresholds and minimum transfer amounts under these agreements.  If Trustmark had breached any of these triggering provisions at March 31, 2016, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value.

Credit risk participation agreements arise when Trustmark contracts with other financial institutions, as a guarantor or beneficiary, to share credit risk associated with certain interest rate swaps.  These agreements provide for reimbursement of losses resulting from a third party default on the underlying swap.  At March 31, 2016, Trustmark had entered into two risk participation agreements as a beneficiary with an aggregate notional amount of $14.6 million compared to two risk participation agreements as a beneficiary with an aggregate notional amount of $14.8 million at December 31, 2015.  At both March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, Trustmark had entered into one risk participation agreement as a guarantor with an aggregate notional amount of $5.9 million.  The aggregate fair values of these risk participation agreements were immaterial at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

46


 

Tabular Disclosures

The following tables disclose the fair value of derivative instruments in Trustmark’s balance sheets as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 as well as the effect of these derivative instruments on Trustmark’s results of operations for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

Derivatives in hedging relationships

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swaps included in other assets

 

$

(1,427

)

 

$

(259

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate contracts:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Futures contracts included in other assets

 

$

(34

)

 

$

(207

)

Exchange traded purchased options included in other assets

 

 

733

 

 

 

58

 

OTC written options (rate locks) included in other assets

 

 

3,284

 

 

 

1,113

 

Interest rate swaps included in other assets

 

 

6,004

 

 

 

2,888

 

Credit risk participation agreements included in other assets

 

 

31

 

 

 

18

 

Forward contracts included in other liabilities

 

 

2,049

 

 

 

(262

)

Exchange traded written options included in other liabilities

 

 

151

 

 

 

1,220

 

Interest rate swaps included in other liabilities

 

 

6,128

 

 

 

2,954

 

Credit risk participation agreements included in other liabilities

 

 

25

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Derivatives in hedging relationships

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of loss reclassified from accumulated other

   comprehensive loss and recognized in other interest expense

 

$

(160

)

 

$

(211

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of gain recognized in mortgage banking, net

 

$

7,139

 

 

$

4,550

 

Amount of loss recognized in bank card and other fees

 

 

(58

)

 

 

(84

)

 

The following table discloses the amount included in other comprehensive income for derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Derivatives in cash flow hedging relationship

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount of loss recognized in other comprehensive income

 

$

(820

)

 

$

(608

)

 

Trustmark’s interest rate swap derivative instruments are subject to master netting agreements, and therefore, eligible for offsetting in the consolidated balance sheet.  Trustmark has elected to not offset any derivative instruments in its consolidated balance sheets.  Information about financial instruments that are eligible for offset in the consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 is presented in the following tables ($ in thousands):

 

Offsetting of Derivative Assets

 

 

As of March 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the

Statement of Financial Position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

Amounts of

Recognized

Assets

 

 

Gross Amounts

Offset in the

Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Net Amounts of

Assets presented in

the Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Financial

Instruments

 

 

Cash Collateral

Received

 

 

Net Amount

 

Derivatives

 

$

4,577

 

 

$

 

 

$

4,577

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

4,577

 

 

47


 

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities

 

 

As of March 31, 2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the

Statement of Financial Position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

Amounts of

Recognized

Liabilities

 

 

Gross Amounts

Offset in the

Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Net Amounts of

Liabilities presented

in the Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Financial

Instruments

 

 

Cash Collateral

Posted

 

 

Net Amount

 

Derivatives

 

$

6,128

 

 

$

 

 

$

6,128

 

 

$

 

 

$

(3,901

)

 

$

2,227

 

 

Offsetting of Derivative Assets

 

 

As of December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the

Statement of Financial Position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

Amounts of

Recognized

Assets

 

 

Gross Amounts

Offset in the

Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Net Amounts of

Assets presented in

the Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Financial

Instruments

 

 

Cash Collateral

Received

 

 

Net Amount

 

Derivatives

 

$

2,629

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,629

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,629

 

 

Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities

 

 

As of December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross Amounts Not Offset in the

Statement of Financial Position

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

Amounts of

Recognized

Liabilities

 

 

Gross Amounts

Offset in the

Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Net Amounts of

Liabilities presented

in the Statement of

Financial Position

 

 

Financial

Instruments

 

 

Cash Collateral

Posted

 

 

Net Amount

 

Derivatives

 

$

2,954

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,954

 

 

$

 

 

$

(1,195

)

 

$

1,759

 

 

 

Note 17 – Segment Information

Trustmark’s management reporting structure includes three segments: General Banking, Wealth Management and Insurance.  For a complete overview of Trustmark’s operating segments, see Note 21 – Segment Information included in Part II. Item 8. – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of Trustmark’s 2015 Annual Report on Form 10-K.  There have been no significant changes in Trustmark’s operating segments during the periods presented.

The accounting policies of each reportable segment are the same as those of Trustmark except for its internal allocations. Noninterest expenses for back-office operations support are allocated to segments based on estimated uses of those services. Trustmark measures the net interest income of its business segments with a process that assigns cost of funds or earnings credit on a matched-term basis.  This process, called “funds transfer pricing”, charges an appropriate cost of funds to assets held by a business unit, or credits the business unit for potential earnings for carrying liabilities.  The net of these charges and credits flows through to the General Banking segment, which contains the management team responsible for determining TNB’s funding and interest rate risk strategies.

48


 

The following table discloses financial information by reportable segment for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

General Banking

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

94,442

 

 

$

97,260

 

Provision for loan losses, net

 

 

3,552

 

 

 

2,132

 

Noninterest income

 

 

27,394

 

 

 

25,740

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

85,893

 

 

 

85,517

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

32,391

 

 

 

35,351

 

Income taxes

 

 

7,319

 

 

 

8,084

 

General banking net income

 

$

25,072

 

 

$

27,267

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Financial Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average assets

 

$

12,667,616

 

 

$

12,053,721

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

8,485

 

 

$

8,875

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wealth Management

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

245

 

 

$

55

 

Noninterest income

 

 

7,288

 

 

 

8,007

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

5,891

 

 

 

6,770

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

1,642

 

 

 

1,292

 

Income taxes

 

 

628

 

 

 

513

 

Wealth management net income

 

$

1,014

 

 

$

779

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Financial Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average assets

 

$

5,907

 

 

$

3,263

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

44

 

 

$

46

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Insurance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

53

 

 

$

77

 

Noninterest income

 

 

8,594

 

 

 

8,616

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

7,160

 

 

 

6,929

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

1,487

 

 

 

1,764

 

Income taxes

 

 

570

 

 

 

662

 

Insurance net income

 

$

917

 

 

$

1,102

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Financial Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average assets

 

$

67,983

 

 

$

68,319

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

192

 

 

$

159

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

$

94,740

 

 

$

97,392

 

Provision for loan losses, net

 

 

3,552

 

 

 

2,132

 

Noninterest income

 

 

43,276

 

 

 

42,363

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

98,944

 

 

 

99,216

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

35,520

 

 

 

38,407

 

Income taxes

 

 

8,517

 

 

 

9,259

 

Consolidated net income

 

$

27,003

 

 

$

29,148

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Financial Information

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average assets

 

$

12,741,506

 

 

$

12,125,303

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

8,721

 

 

$

9,080

 

 

 

49


 

Note 18 – Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Pronouncements

 

ASU 2016-10,“Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)-Identifying Performance Obligations and Licensing.”  Issued in April 2016, ASU 2016-10 clarifies ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” related to (i) identifying performance obligations; and (ii) the licensing implementation guidance.  Since the amendments in ASU 2016-10 affect the guidance in ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)”, which is not yet effective, this ASU will become effective when ASU 2014-09 becomes effective.  The amendments of ASU 2016-10 are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017.  Earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period.  Management is currently evaluating the impact this ASU will have on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements; however, the adoption of ASU 2016-10 is not expected to have a material impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

 

ASU 2016-09,“Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718)-Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting.”  Issued in March 2016, ASU 2016-09 seeks to reduce complexity in accounting standards by simplifying several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment transactions, including (1) accounting for income taxes; (2) classification of excess tax benefits on the statement of cash flow; (3) forfeitures; (4) minimum statutory tax withholding requirements; (5) classification of employee taxes paid on the statement of cash flows when an employer withholds shares for tax withholding purposes; (6) the practical expedient for estimating the expected term; and (7) intrinsic value.  The amendments of ASU 2016-09 are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016.  Management is currently evaluating the impact this ASU will have on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements; however, the adoption of ASU 2016-09 is not expected to have a material impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

 

ASU 2016-08, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606): Principal versus Agent Considerations (Reporting Revenue Gross versus Net).” Issued in March 2016, ASU 2016-08 clarifies certain principal versus agent considerations within the implementation guidance of ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers.” Since the amendments in ASU 2016-08 affect the guidance in ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)”, which is not yet effective, this ASU will become effective when ASU 2014-09 becomes effective.  The amendments of ASU 2016-08 are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017.  Earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period.  Management is currently evaluating the impact this ASU will have on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements; however, the adoption of ASU 2016-08 is not expected to have a material impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

 

ASU 2016-07, “Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Simplifying the Transition to the Equity Method of Accounting.” Issued in March 2016, ASU 2016-07 affects all entities that have an investment that becomes qualified for the equity method of accounting as a result of an increase in the level of ownership interest or degree of influence. ASU 2016-07 simplifies the transition to the equity method of accounting by eliminating the retroactive adjustment of the investment when an investment qualifies for use of the equity method, among other things.  The amendments of ASU 2016-07 are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016.  Management is currently evaluating the impact this ASU will have on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements; however, the adoption of ASU 2016-07 is not expected to have a material impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

 

ASU 2016-05,“Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) Effect of Derivative Contract Novations on Existing Hedge Accounting Relationships.” Issued in March 2016, ASU 2016-05 clarifies that a change in the counterparty to a derivative instrument that has been designated as the hedging instrument under ASC Topic 815 does not, in and of itself, require de-designation of that hedging relationship provided that all other hedge accounting criteria continue to be met.  The amendments of ASU 2016-05 are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016.  Management is currently evaluating the impact this ASU will have on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements; however, the adoption of ASU 2016-05 is not expected to have a material impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

 

ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842).” Issued in February 2016, ASU 2016-02 was issued by the FASB to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and by disclosing key information about leasing arrangements.  ASU 2016-02 will, among other things, require lessees to recognize a lease liability, which is a lessee’s obligation to make lease payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. ASU 2016-02 does not significantly change lease accounting requirements applicable to lessors; however, the ASU contains some targeted improvements that are intended to align, where necessary, lessor accounting with the lessee accounting model and with the updated revenue recognition guidance issued in 2014.  The amendments of ASU 2016-02 are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018.  Management is currently evaluating the impact this ASU will have on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements; however, the adoption of ASU 2016-02 is not expected to have a material impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

50


 

ASU 2016-01, “Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities (An Amendment of the FASB Accounting Standards Codification).”  Issued in January 2016, ASU 2016-01 is intended to enhance the reporting model for financial instruments to provide users of financial statements with improved decision-making information.  The amendments of ASU 2016-01 include: (i) requiring equity investments, except those accounted for under the equity method of accounting or those that result in the consolidation of an investee, to be measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in net income; (ii) requiring a qualitative assessment to identify impairment of equity investments without readily determinable fair values; and (iii) clarifying that an entity should evaluate the need for a valuation allowance on a deferred tax asset related to available for sale securities in combination with the entity’s other deferred tax assets.  The amendments of ASU 2016-01 are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017.  Management is currently evaluating the impact this ASU will have on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements; however, the adoption of ASU 2016-01 is not expected to have a material impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2015-02, “Consolidation (Subtopic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis.”  Issued in February 2015, ASU 2015-02 eliminates the indefinite deferral allowed under ASU 2009-17, “Consolidation (Topic 810): Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities,” for investments in certain investment funds, and significantly changes the analysis that a reporting entity must perform to determine whether it should consolidate certain types of legal entities.  The changes include, among others, modification of the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities (VIEs) or voting interest entities and elimination of the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership.  ASU 2015-02 is expected to result in the deconsolidation of many entities; however, reporting entities will need to reevaluate all previous consolidation conclusions.  The amendments of ASU 2015-02 are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015.  The adoption of ASU 2015-02 did not have a material impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” Issued in May 2014, ASU 2014-09 will add FASB ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” and will supersede revenue recognition requirements in FASB ASC Topic 605, “Revenue Recognition,” as well as certain cost guidance in FASB ASC Topic 605-35, “Revenue Recognition – Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts.”  ASU 2014-09 provides a framework for revenue recognition that replaces the existing industry and transaction specific requirements under the existing standards.  ASU 2014-09 requires an entity to apply a five-step model to determine when to recognize revenue and at what amount.  The model specifies that revenue should be recognized when (or as) an entity transfers control of goods or services to a customer at the amount in which the entity expects to be entitled.  Depending on whether certain criteria are met, revenue should be recognized either over time, in a manner that depicts the entity’s performance, or at a point in time, when control of the goods or services are transferred to the customer.  ASU 2014-09 provides that an entity should apply the following steps: (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognize revenue when, or as, the entity satisfies a performance obligation.  In addition, the existing requirements for the recognition of a gain or loss on the transfer of non-financial assets that are not in a contract with a customer are amended to be consistent with the guidance on recognition and measurement in ASU 2014-09.  The amendments of ASU 2014-09 may be applied either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date of initial application.  If the transition method of application is elected, the entity should also provide the additional disclosures in reporting periods that include the date of initial application of (1) the amount by which each financial statement line item is affected in the current reporting period, as compared to the guidance that was in effect before the change, and (2) an explanation of the reasons for significant changes.  ASU 2015-14, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)-Deferral of the Effective Date,” issued in August 2015, defers the effective date of ASU 2014-09 by one year.  ASU 2015-14 provides that the amendments of ASU 2014-09 become effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017.  Earlier application is permitted only as of annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim reporting periods within that reporting period.  Management is currently evaluating the impact this ASU will have on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements as well as the most appropriate method of application; however, regardless of the method of application selected, the adoption of ASU 2014-09 is not expected to have a material impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

 

 

ITEM 2.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following provides a narrative discussion and analysis of Trustmark Corporation’s (Trustmark) financial condition and results of operations.  This discussion should be read in conjunction with the unaudited consolidated financial statements and the supplemental financial data included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements – of this report.

51


 

Description of Business

Trustmark, a Mississippi business corporation incorporated in 1968, is a bank holding company headquartered in Jackson, Mississippi.  Trustmark’s principal subsidiary is Trustmark National Bank (TNB), initially chartered by the State of Mississippi in 1889.  At March 31, 2016, TNB had total assets of $12.774 billion, which represented approximately 99.99% of the consolidated assets of Trustmark.

Through TNB and its other subsidiaries, Trustmark operates as a financial services organization providing banking and other financial solutions through 200 offices and 2,946 full-time equivalent associates (measured at March 31, 2016) located in the states of Alabama (primarily in the central and southern regions of that state, which are collectively referred to herein as Trustmark’s Alabama market), Florida (primarily in the northwest or “Panhandle” region of that state, which is referred to herein as Trustmark’s Florida market), Mississippi, Tennessee (in the Memphis and Northern Mississippi regions, which are collectively referred to herein as Trustmark’s Tennessee market), and Texas (primarily in Houston, which is referred to herein as Trustmark’s Texas market).  Trustmark’s operations are managed along three operating segments: General Banking Division, Wealth Management Division and Insurance Division.  For a complete overview of Trustmark’s business, see the section captioned “The Corporation” included in Part I. Item 1. – Business of Trustmark’s 2015 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Executive Overview

Trustmark continued to achieve solid financial results with total revenues of $138.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016.  Trustmark continued to maintain and expand customer relationships as reflected by growth across all five market regions in the loans held for investment (LHFI) portfolio, which increased $176.6 million, or 2.5%, during the first quarter of 2016.  Credit quality remained strong and continued to be an important contributor to Trustmark’s financial success.  Noninterest income for the first quarter of 2016 increased 2.2% from one year earlier, and noninterest expense remained well-controlled.  Trustmark also continued the realignment of its retail delivery channels to enhance productivity and efficiency as well as promote additional revenue growth.  During the first quarter of 2016, Trustmark opened one branch office in the Alabama market region and closed one branch in the Mississippi market region.  During the second quarter of 2016, Trustmark plans to continue its measured approach to the optimization of its retail delivery channels by closing six branches with limited growth opportunities in the Alabama, Florida and Mississippi market regions.  Trustmark is committed to investments to support profitable revenue growth as well as reengineering and efficiency opportunities to enhance shareholder value.  Trustmark’s capital position remained solid, reflecting the consistent profitability of its diversified financial services businesses.  On March 11, 2016, Trustmark’s Board of Directors authorized a stock repurchase program as another capital management alternative under which $100.0 million of Trustmark’s common shares may be acquired through March 31, 2019.  For additional information regarding the stock repurchase program, please see Note 14 – Shareholders’ Equity included in Part I. Item 1 – Financial Statements – of this report.  Trustmark’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.23 per share.  The dividend is payable June 15, 2016, to shareholders of record on June 1, 2016.

Recent Economic and Industry Developments

The economy showed moderate signs of improvement in the first three months of 2016; however, economic concerns remain as a result of the cumulative weight of continued soft labor markets in the United States, volatility in crude oil prices and slowing growth in markets in Western Europe, Japan, China, Russia and other emerging markets, combined with uncertainty regarding anticipated further tightening of monetary policy by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (FRB) and the upcoming presidential election.  Doubts surrounding the near-term direction of global markets, and the potential impact of these trends on the United States economy, are expected to persist for some time.  While Trustmark’s customer base is wholly domestic, international economic conditions affect domestic economic conditions, and thus may have an impact upon Trustmark’s financial condition or results of operations.

In the April 2016 “Summary of Commentary on Current Economic Conditions by Federal Reserve Districts” (the “Beige Book”), the twelve Federal Reserve Districts’ reports suggested national economic activity continued to expand at a modest pace during the reporting period, and noted modest growth in consumer spending; continued strengthening of labor markets and increased business spending; growth in lending activity and improvement in loan quality, with the exception of the Federal Reserve’s Eleventh District, Dallas; as well as improvements in both the residential and commercial real estate markets.  Reports by the twelve Federal Reserve Districts also noted that low prices continued to impact energy and mining outputs as well as agricultural producers.  Reports by the three Federal Reserve Districts covering the southeast United States, which include Trustmark’s five key market regions, suggested that economic activity increased at a modest pace, with most businesses reporting improved sales and positive outlooks for the near term, with the exception of the energy sector.  The Federal Reserve’s Sixth District, Atlanta (which includes Trustmark’s Alabama, Florida and Mississippi market regions) and the Eighth District, St. Louis (which includes Trustmark’s Tennessee market region) also reported increased loan demand, improvements in residential and commercial real estate activity and increased construction.  However, the Federal Reserve’s Sixth District also reported inconsistency in commercial real estate growth noting that the rate of

52


 

improvement varied by metropolitan area, submarket, and property type and continued risk in areas dependent on the energy sector with some financial institutions adding additional reserves for bad debt.  The Federal Reserve’s Eleventh District (which includes Trustmark’s Texas market region), reported growth in housing market and positive outlooks for the housing sector, with the exception of the Houston market which continued to weaken; no to slightly negative loan growth; continued deterioration in loan quality as a result of stress in the energy sector; depressed demand for oilfield services as drilling activity continued to decline; and continued deterioration in the financial positions of many oil-related firms despite the increase in prices during March 2016.

In December 2015, the FRB increased the target range for the federal funds rate for the first time in over seven years.  The FRB also indicated that it may further increase rates on a gradual basis through 2016, depending on economic conditions.  It is not possible to predict the timing or amount of any such additional increases.  Low interest rates will continue to place pressure on net interest margins for Trustmark (as well as its competitors), as older, higher-yielding assets that mature or default and can only be replaced with lower-yielding instruments.

Financial Highlights

Trustmark reported net income of $27.0 million, or basic and diluted earnings per share (EPS) of $0.40, in the first quarter of 2016, compared to $29.1 million, or basic and diluted EPS of $0.43, in the first quarter of 2015.  The decline in net income when the first quarter of 2016 is compared to the same time period in 2015 was principally the result of a decline in interest income due to the expected decline in interest income on acquired loans and the continued low interest rate environment.  Trustmark’s performance during the quarter ended March 31, 2016 produced a return on average tangible equity of 10.26%, a return on average assets of 0.85%, an average equity to average assets ratio of 11.73% and a dividend payout ratio of 57.50%, compared to a return on average tangible equity of 11.86%, a return on average assets of 0.97%, an average equity to average assets ratio of 11.85% and a dividend payout ratio of 53.49% during the quarter ended March 31, 2015.

Revenue, which is defined as net interest income plus noninterest income, totaled $138.0 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2016 compared to $139.8 million for the quarter ended March 31, 2015, a decrease of $1.7 million, or 1.2%.  The decrease in total revenue for the first quarter of 2016 was principally the result of the decline in interest and fees on acquired loans, which was partially offset by increases in interest and fees on loans held for sale (LHFS) and LHFI and other noninterest income.

Interest and fees on acquired loans decreased $8.1 million, or 53.4%, when the first quarter of 2016 is compared to the same time period in 2015, primarily due to a $5.0 million decline in accretion income and a $2.7 million decline in recoveries from the settlement of debt as acquired loans have continued to pay down as anticipated.  Interest and fees on LHFS and LHFI increased $6.1 million, or 9.2%, when the first quarter of 2016 is compared to the same time period in 2015, primarily due to an increase in the LHFI portfolio.  LHFI totaled $7.268 billion at March 31, 2016, an increase of $854.1 million, or 13.3%, when compared to March 31, 2015.  Other noninterest income increased $1.9 million when the three months ended March 31, 2016 is compared to the same time period in 2015, primarily reflecting a decrease in the net reduction of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) indemnification asset related to the acquired covered loans and covered other real estate, a decrease in the net loss on the sale of premises and equipment due to a loss recorded during the first quarter of 2015 on the sale of a former bank branch acquired in the February 2013 merger with BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. (BancTrust) and an increase in the net revenues received related to Trustmark’s nonqualified deferred compensation plan.

Trustmark’s provision for loan losses, LHFI for the three months ended March 31, 2016 totaled $2.2 million, an increase of $458 thousand, or 25.7%, when compared to a provision for loan losses, LHFI of $1.8 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015.  The increase in the provision for loan losses, LHFI for the first three months of 2016 primarily reflects the net effect of revisions to the allowance for loan loss methodology for LHFI during 2015, growth in the LHFI portfolio, an increase in the amount of newly criticized LHFI and an increase in the amount of specific reserves required related to impaired LHFI in the Mississippi market region when compared to the first three months of 2015.  Please see the section captioned “Provision for Loan Losses, LHFI,” for additional information regarding the provision for loan losses, LHFI.  The provision for loan losses, acquired loans for the three months ended March 31, 2016 totaled $1.3 million, an increase of $962 thousand when compared to the same time period in 2015. The increase in the provision for loan losses, acquired loans during the first three months of 2016 when compared to the same time period in 2015 was principally due to changes in expectations based on the periodic re-estimations performed during the period, primarily related to loans acquired from BancTrust, a decrease in charge-offs of acquired loans from both Heritage Banking Group (Heritage) and BancTrust partially offset by an increase in charge-offs of acquired loans from Bay Bank & Trust Co. (Bay Bank), and an increase in recoveries of acquired loans from BancTrust.  Please see the section captioned “Provision for Loan Losses, Acquired Loans,” for additional information regarding the provision for loan losses, acquired loans.  In total, the provision for loan losses, net was $3.6 million for the first three months of 2016, an increase of $1.4 million, or 66.6%, when compared to the same time period in 2015.

At March 31, 2016, nonperforming assets, excluding acquired loans and covered other real estate, totaled $142.5 million, an increase of $10.0 million, or 7.6%, compared to December 31, 2015 as a result of an increase in nonaccrual LHFI partially offset by a decline

53


 

in other real estate, excluding covered other real estate.  Total nonaccrual LHFI were $70.7 million at March 31, 2016, representing an increase of $15.4 million, or 27.8%, relative to December 31, 2015 principally due to substandard credits in Trustmark’s Mississippi market region migrating to nonaccrual status during the first quarter of 2016.  Other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, declined $5.4 million, or 7.0%, during the first three months of 2016 primarily due to properties sold in Trustmark’s Alabama, Florida and Mississippi market regions partially offset by properties foreclosed in the Mississippi and Florida market regions.

LHFI totaled $7.268 billion at March 31, 2016, an increase of $176.6 million, or 2.5%, compared to December 31, 2015.  The increase in LHFI during the first three months of 2016 represented growth across all five of Trustmark’s market regions and all major categories of its LHFI portfolio with the exception of consumer loans.  For additional information regarding changes in LHFI and comparative balances by loan category, see the section captioned “LHFI.”

Trustmark has continued to experience improvements in credit quality on LHFI.  As of March 31, 2016, classified LHFI balances decreased $7.4 million, or 4.0%, while criticized LHFI balances decreased $10.1 million, or 5.1%, when compared to balances at March 31, 2015.  The decline in the volume of classified and criticized LHFI was primarily a result of upgrades of credits to a pass category and from repayment of several credits of significant size.

Management has continued its practice of maintaining excess funding capacity to provide Trustmark with adequate liquidity for its ongoing operations.  In this regard, Trustmark benefits from its strong deposit base, its highly liquid investment portfolio and its access to funding from a variety of external funding sources such as upstream federal funds lines, Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances and, on a limited basis, brokered deposits.

Total deposits were $9.634 billion at March 31, 2016, an increase of $45.4 million, or 0.5% compared to December 31, 2015.  During the first three months of 2016, noninterest-bearing deposits decreased $124.4 million, or 4.1%, across all categories of noninterest-bearing demand deposit accounts, while interest-bearing deposits increased $169.8 million, or 2.6%, primarily due to a seasonal increase in public interest-bearing accounts.  Other short-term borrowings totaled $877.8 million at March 31, 2016, an increase of $24.2 million, or 2.8%, when compared with $853.7 million at December 31, 2015.  The increase in other short-term borrowings was principally due to a $25.4 million increase in federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements.

Recent Legislative and Regulatory Developments

For information regarding legislation and regulation applicable to Trustmark, see the section captioned “Supervision and Regulation” included in Part I. Item 1. – Business of Trustmark’s 2015 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

In March 2016, the Board of Directors of the FDIC approved a final rule to increase Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF) to the statutorily required minimum level of 1.35 percent.  Under a rule adopted by the FDIC in 2011, regular assessment rates for all banks will decline once the reserve ratio reaches 1.15 percent, which the FDIC expects will occur during the first half of 2016.  The final rule approved in March 2016 will impose a surcharge of 4.5 cents per $100 of the assessment base, after making certain adjustments, on banks with at least $10.0 billion in assets.  The FDIC expects the reserve ratio will likely reach 1.35 percent after approximately two years of payments of these surcharges.  The final rule will become effective on July 1, 2016.  If the reserve ratio reaches 1.15 percent before the effective date, surcharges will begin July 1, 2016.  If the reserve ratio has not reached 1.15 percent by July 1, 2016, surcharges will begin the first quarter after the reserve ratio reaches 1.15 percent.  Trustmark expects that its FDIC assessment expense will decline under this final rule as the lower regular assessment rates and the allowable adjustments will more than offset the surcharge of 4.5 cents per $100 of assessment base.

54


 

Selected Financial Data

The following table presents financial data derived from Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the periods presented ($ in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total interest income

 

$

100,598

 

 

$

102,431

 

Total interest expense

 

 

5,858

 

 

 

5,039

 

Net interest income

 

 

94,740

 

 

 

97,392

 

Provision for loan losses, LHFI

 

 

2,243

 

 

 

1,785

 

Provision for loan losses, acquired loans

 

 

1,309

 

 

 

347

 

Noninterest income

 

 

43,276

 

 

 

42,363

 

Noninterest expense

 

 

98,944

 

 

 

99,216

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

35,520

 

 

 

38,407

 

Income taxes

 

 

8,517

 

 

 

9,259

 

Net Income

 

$

27,003

 

 

$

29,148

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

$

138,016

 

 

$

139,755

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per Share Data

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

 

$

0.40

 

 

$

0.43

 

Diluted earnings per share

 

 

0.40

 

 

 

0.43

 

Cash dividends per share

 

 

0.23

 

 

 

0.23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average equity

 

 

7.27

%

 

 

8.23

%

Return on average tangible equity

 

 

10.26

%

 

 

11.86

%

Return on average assets

 

 

0.85

%

 

 

0.97

%

Average equity/average assets

 

 

11.73

%

 

 

11.85

%

Net interest margin (fully taxable equivalent)

 

 

3.54

%

 

 

3.88

%

Dividend payout ratio

 

 

57.50

%

 

 

53.49

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit Quality Ratios (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net charge-offs/average loans

 

 

0.01

%

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses/average loans

 

 

0.12

%

 

 

0.11

%

Nonperforming loans/total loans (incl LHFS*)

 

 

0.95

%

 

 

1.17

%

Nonperforming assets/total loans (incl LHFS*)

   plus ORE**

 

 

1.89

%

 

 

2.51

%

Allowance for loan losses/total loans (excl LHFS*)

 

 

0.96

%

 

 

1.11

%

55


 

 

March 31,

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

$

12,775,196

 

 

$

12,179,164

 

Securities

 

 

3,536,323

 

 

 

3,566,013

 

Total loans (including LHFS* and acquired loans)

 

 

7,823,805

 

 

 

7,062,684

 

Deposits

 

 

9,633,643

 

 

 

9,906,990

 

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

1,508,256

 

 

 

1,446,084

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock Performance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market value - close

 

$

23.03

 

 

$

24.28

 

Book value

 

 

22.30

 

 

 

21.41

 

Tangible book value

 

 

16.50

 

 

 

15.53

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Ratios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total equity/total assets

 

 

11.81

%

 

 

11.87

%

Tangible equity/tangible assets

 

 

9.01

%

 

 

8.91

%

Tangible equity/risk-weighted assets

 

 

11.84

%

 

 

12.34

%

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

 

9.93

%

 

 

9.99

%

Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

 

12.41

%

 

 

13.14

%

Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

 

 

13.04

%

 

 

13.83

%

Total risk-based capital ratio

 

 

13.92

%

 

 

14.92

%

 

(1)

Consistent with Trustmark's audited annual financial statements, revenue is defined as net interest income plus noninterest income.

(2)

Excludes Acquired Loans and Covered Other Real Estate

*

LHFS is Loans Held for Sale

**

ORE is Other Real Estate

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to capital ratios defined by U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and banking regulators, Trustmark utilizes various tangible common equity measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy.  Tangible common equity, as defined by Trustmark, represents common equity less goodwill and identifiable intangible assets.

Trustmark believes these measures are important because they reflect the level of capital available to withstand unexpected market conditions.  Additionally, presentation of these measures allows readers to compare certain aspects of Trustmark’s capitalization to other organizations.  These ratios differ from capital measures defined by banking regulators principally in that the numerator excludes shareholders’ equity associated with preferred securities, the nature and extent of which varies across organizations.  In Management’s experience, many stock analysts use tangible common equity measures in conjunction with more traditional bank capital ratios to compare capital adequacy of banking organizations with significant amounts of goodwill or other tangible assets, typically stemming from the use of the purchase accounting method in accounting for mergers and acquisitions.

These calculations are intended to complement the capital ratios defined by GAAP and banking regulators.  Because GAAP does not include these capital ratio measures, Trustmark believes there are no comparable GAAP financial measures to these tangible common equity ratios.  Despite the importance of these measures to Trustmark, there are no standardized definitions for them and, as a result, Trustmark’s calculations may not be comparable with other organizations.  Also there may be limits in the usefulness of these measures to investors.  As a result, Trustmark encourages readers to consider its consolidated financial statements and the notes related thereto in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure. 

56


 

The following table reconciles Trustmark’s calculation of these measures to amounts reported under GAAP for the periods presented ($ in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

TANGIBLE EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AVERAGE BALANCES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

$

1,494,684

 

 

$

1,436,969

 

Less:  Goodwill

 

 

 

(366,156

)

 

 

(365,500

)

Identifiable intangible assets

 

 

 

(26,709

)

 

 

(32,398

)

Total average tangible equity

 

 

$

1,101,819

 

 

$

1,039,071

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PERIOD END BALANCES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

$

1,508,256

 

 

$

1,446,084

 

Less:  Goodwill

 

 

 

(366,156

)

 

 

(365,500

)

Identifiable intangible assets

 

 

 

(25,751

)

 

 

(31,250

)

Total tangible equity

(a)

 

$

1,116,349

 

 

$

1,049,334

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TANGIBLE ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets

 

 

$

12,775,196

 

 

$

12,179,164

 

Less:  Goodwill

 

 

 

(366,156

)

 

 

(365,500

)

Identifiable intangible assets

 

 

 

(25,751

)

 

 

(31,250

)

Total tangible assets

(b)

 

$

12,383,289

 

 

$

11,782,414

 

Risk-weighted assets

(c)

 

$

9,431,021

 

 

$

8,503,102

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME ADJUSTED FOR INTANGIBLE AMORTIZATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

$

27,003

 

 

$

29,148

 

Plus:  Intangible amortization net of tax

 

 

 

1,109

 

 

 

1,229

 

Net income adjusted for intangible amortization

 

 

$

28,112

 

 

$

30,377

 

Period end shares outstanding

(d)

 

 

67,639,832

 

 

 

67,556,591

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TANGIBLE EQUITY MEASUREMENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Return on average tangible equity (1)

 

 

 

10.26

%

 

 

11.86

%

Tangible equity/tangible assets

(a)/(b)

 

 

9.01

%

 

 

8.91

%

Tangible equity/risk-weighted assets

(a)/(c)

 

 

11.84

%

 

 

12.34

%

Tangible book value

(a)/(d)*1,000

 

$

16.50

 

 

$

15.53

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMON EQUITY TIER 1 CAPITAL (CET1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

$

1,508,256

 

 

$

1,446,084

 

AOCI-related adjustments

 

 

 

21,573

 

 

 

29,652

 

CET1 adjustments and deductions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill net of associated deferred tax liabilities (DTLs)

 

 

 

(348,515

)

 

 

(349,292

)

Other adjustments and deductions for CET1 (2)

 

 

 

(10,861

)

 

 

(9,104

)

CET1 capital

(e)

 

 

1,170,453

 

 

 

1,117,340

 

Additional tier 1 capital instruments plus related surplus

 

 

 

60,000

 

 

 

60,000

 

Less: additional tier 1 capital deductions

 

 

 

(434

)

 

 

(1,762

)

Additional tier 1 capital

 

 

 

59,566

 

 

 

58,238

 

Tier 1 Capital

 

 

$

1,230,019

 

 

$

1,175,578

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio

(e)/(c)

 

 

12.41

%

 

 

13.14

%

 

(1)

Calculation = ((net income adjusted for intangible amortization/number of days in period)*number of days in year)/total average tangible equity

(2)

Includes other intangible assets, net of DTLs, disallowed deferred tax assets, threshold deductions and transition adjustments, as applicable

57


 

Results of Operations

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the principal component of Trustmark’s income stream and represents the difference, or spread, between interest and fee income generated from earning assets and the interest expense paid on deposits and borrowed funds.  Fluctuations in interest rates, as well as volume and mix changes in earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, can materially impact net interest income. The net interest margin is computed by dividing fully taxable equivalent (FTE) net interest income by average interest-earning assets and measures how effectively Trustmark utilizes its interest-earning assets in relationship to the interest cost of funding them.  The accompanying Yield/Rate Analysis Table shows the average balances for all assets and liabilities of Trustmark and the interest income or expense associated with earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.  The yields and rates have been computed based upon interest income and expense adjusted to a FTE basis using a 35% federal marginal tax rate for all periods shown.  Loans on nonaccrual have been included in the average loan balances, and interest collected prior to these loans having been placed on nonaccrual has been included in interest income.  Loan fees included in interest associated with the average loan balances are immaterial.

Net interest income-FTE for the three months ended March 31, 2016 decreased $2.3 million, or 2.2%, when compared with the same time period in 2015.  The net interest margin decreased 34 basis points to 3.54% for the first three months of 2016 when compared to the same time period in 2015.  The decrease in the net interest margin reflected the prolonged low interest rate environment in the United States, and was primarily the result of a downward repricing of LHFI in response to increased competitive pricing pressures and decreases in the yield on acquired loans principally due to declines in accretion income and recoveries on settlement of debt related to acquired loans.  The net interest margin excluding acquired loans, which equals the reported net interest income-FTE excluding interest and fees on acquired loans, as a percentage of average earning assets excluding average acquired loans, for the first three months of 2016 was 3.40%, a decrease of 7 basis points when compared to the first three months of 2015, due to similar factors as discussed above.

Average interest-earning assets for the first three months of 2016 were $11.287 billion compared to $10.613 billion for the same time period in 2015, an increase of $674.0 million, or 6.4%.  The growth in average earning assets during the first three months of 2016 was primarily due to an increase in average loans (LHFS and LHFI) of $784.9 million, or 12.0%, partially offset by a decrease in average acquired loans of $147.7 million, or 28.1%.  The increase in average loans (LHFS and LHFI) was primarily attributable to the $854.1 million, or 13.3%, increase in the LHFI portfolio when balances at March 31, 2016 are compared to balances at March 31, 2015.  This increase represented growth across all of Trustmark’s market regions, with the exception of the Florida market region, and all categories in its LHFI portfolio.  The decline in average acquired loans was primarily attributable to pay-offs of acquired loans, principally related to the BancTrust merger.

During the first three months of 2016, interest and fees on LHFS and LHFI-FTE increased $6.6 million, or 9.4%, when compared to the same time period in 2015, due to growth in LHFI, while the yield on loans (LHFS and LHFI) fell 14 basis points to 4.17% due to downward repricing of LHFI due to the current low interest rate environment and related competitive pressures.  During the first three months of 2016, interest and fees on acquired loans decreased $8.1 million, or 53.4%, compared to the same time period in 2015, due to declines in accretion income and recoveries on settlement of debt, primarily related to loans acquired in the BancTrust merger, as acquired loans continue to pay-down as anticipated.  As a result, the yield on acquired loans decreased to 7.46% compared to 11.62% during the first three months of 2015.  As a result of these factors, interest income-FTE decreased $1.4 million, or 1.3%, when the first three months of 2016 is compared to the same time period in 2015.  The impact of these changes is also illustrated by the decline in the yield on total earning assets, which fell from 4.07% for the first three months of 2015 to 3.74% for the first three months of 2016, a decrease of 33 basis points.

Average interest-bearing liabilities for the first three months of 2016 totaled $8.276 billion compared to $7.817 billion for the same time period in 2015, an increase of $459.8 million, or 5.9%.  The increase in average interest-bearing liabilities was principally due to the increase in average other borrowings partially offset by a decline in average interest-bearing deposits.  Average other borrowings increased $656.8 million when the first three months of 2016 is compared to the first three months of 2015, primarily reflecting increased balances of both short-term and long-term FHLB advances obtained from the FHLB of Dallas as Trustmark chose to utilize these less costly sources of funding.  Average interest-bearing deposits for the first three months of 2016 decreased $293.1 million, or 4.2%, when compared to the same time period in 2015, principally due to declines in certificates of deposits, reflecting Trustmark’s continued efforts to reduce high-cost deposit balances and customers continued movement away from longer-term commitments as a result of the low interest rate environment.  Total interest expense for the first three months of 2016 increased $819 thousand, or 16.3%, when compared with the same time period in 2015, principally due to the $740 thousand, or 44.9%, increase in other interest expense as a result of the increase in FHLB advances with the FHLB of Dallas.  As a result of these factors, the overall yield on interest-bearing liabilities increased 2 basis points to 0.28% when the first three months of 2016 is compared with the first three months of 2015.

58


 

The following tables provide the tax equivalent basis yield or rate for each component of the tax equivalent net interest margin for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Yield/

Rate

 

 

Average

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

 

Yield/

Rate

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal funds sold and securities purchased under

   reverse repurchase agreements

 

$

382

 

 

$

1

 

 

 

1.05

%

 

$

217

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

Securities - taxable

 

 

3,353,913

 

 

 

20,086

 

 

 

2.41

%

 

 

3,310,323

 

 

 

19,586

 

 

 

2.40

%

Securities - nontaxable

 

 

141,685

 

 

 

1,497

 

 

 

4.25

%

 

 

169,028

 

 

 

1,789

 

 

 

4.29

%

Loans (LHFS and LHFI)

 

 

7,346,333

 

 

 

76,235

 

 

 

4.17

%

 

 

6,561,430

 

 

 

69,658

 

 

 

4.31

%

Acquired loans

 

 

378,435

 

 

 

7,022

 

 

 

7.46

%

 

 

526,127

 

 

 

15,078

 

 

 

11.62

%

Other earning assets

 

 

66,702

 

 

 

230

 

 

 

1.39

%

 

 

46,368

 

 

 

393

 

 

 

3.44

%

Total interest-earning assets

 

 

11,287,450

 

 

 

105,071

 

 

 

3.74

%

 

 

10,613,493

 

 

 

106,504

 

 

 

4.07

%

Cash and due from banks

 

 

281,912

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

290,251

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

1,253,282

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,303,552

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses, net

 

 

(81,138

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(81,993

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Assets

 

$

12,741,506

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

12,125,303

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing deposits

 

$

6,732,535

 

 

 

3,038

 

 

 

0.18

%

 

$

7,025,587

 

 

 

3,247

 

 

 

0.19

%

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under

   repurchase agreements

 

 

517,180

 

 

 

431

 

 

 

0.34

%

 

 

421,206

 

 

 

143

 

 

 

0.14

%

Other borrowings

 

 

1,026,588

 

 

 

2,389

 

 

 

0.94

%

 

 

369,752

 

 

 

1,649

 

 

 

1.81

%

Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

8,276,303

 

 

 

5,858

 

 

 

0.28

%

 

 

7,816,545

 

 

 

5,039

 

 

 

0.26

%

Noninterest-bearing demand deposits

 

 

2,836,283

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,741,945

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

 

134,236

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

129,844

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders' equity

 

 

1,494,684

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,436,969

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity

 

$

12,741,506

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

12,125,303

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

99,213

 

 

 

3.54

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

101,465

 

 

 

3.88

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less tax equivalent adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,473

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,073

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Interest Margin per Consolidated

   Statements of Income

 

 

 

 

 

$

94,740

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

97,392

 

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for Loan Losses, LHFI

The provision for loan losses, LHFI is determined by Management as the amount necessary to adjust the allowance for loan losses, LHFI to a level, which, in Management’s best estimate, is necessary to absorb probable losses within the existing loan portfolio.  The provision for loan losses, LHFI reflects loan quality trends, including the levels of and trends related to nonaccrual LHFI, past due LHFI, potential problem LHFI, criticized LHFI, net charge-offs or recoveries and growth in the LHFI portfolio among other factors.  Accordingly, the amount of the provision reflects the necessary increases in the allowance for loan losses, LHFI related to newly identified criticized LHFI as well as the actions taken related to other LHFI including, among other things, any necessary increases or decreases in required allowances for specific loans or loan pools.  The provision for loan losses, LHFI totaled $2.2 million for the first three months of 2016, an increase of $458 thousand, or 25.7%, when compared to $1.8 million for the first three months of 2015.  See the section captioned “Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI” for further analysis of the provision for loan losses, LHFI.

59


 

Provision for Loan Losses, Acquired Loans

The provision for loan losses, acquired loans is recognized subsequent to acquisition to the extent it is probable that Trustmark will be unable to collect all cash flows expected at acquisition plus additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimates after acquisition, considering both the timing and amount of those expected cash flows.  Provisions may be required when actual losses of unpaid principal incurred exceed previous loss expectations to date, or future cash flows previously expected to be collectible are no longer probable of collection.  The provision for loan losses, acquired loans is reflected as a valuation allowance netted against the carrying value of the acquired loans accounted for under Federal Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standard Codification (ASC) Topic 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality.”  The increase in the provision for loan losses, acquired loans during the first three months of 2016 when compared to the same time period in 2015 was principally due to changes in expectations based on the periodic re-estimations performed during the period, primarily related to loans acquired from BancTrust, a decrease in charge-offs of acquired loans from both Heritage Banking Group (Heritage) and BancTrust partially offset by an increase in charge-offs of acquired loans from Bay Bank & Trust Co. (Bay Bank), and an increase in recoveries of acquired loans from BancTrust.

The following table presents the provision for loan losses, acquired loans, by acquisition for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

BancTrust

 

$

1,736

 

 

$

685

 

Bay Bank

 

 

(101

)

 

 

(18

)

Heritage

 

 

(326

)

 

 

(320

)

Total provision for loan losses, acquired loans

 

$

1,309

 

 

$

347

 

 

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income represented 31.5% and 30.3% of total revenue, before securities losses, net, for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  The following table provides the comparative components of noninterest income for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Service charges on deposit accounts

 

$

11,081

 

 

$

11,085

 

 

$

(4

)

 

 

 

Bank card and other fees

 

 

6,918

 

 

 

6,762

 

 

 

156

 

 

 

2.3

%

Mortgage banking, net

 

 

8,699

 

 

 

8,965

 

 

 

(266

)

 

 

-3.0

%

Insurance commissions

 

 

8,593

 

 

 

8,616

 

 

 

(23

)

 

 

-0.3

%

Wealth management

 

 

7,407

 

 

 

7,990

 

 

 

(583

)

 

 

-7.3

%

Other, net

 

 

888

 

 

 

(1,055

)

 

 

1,943

 

 

n/m

 

Total Noninterest Income before

   securities losses, net

 

 

43,586

 

 

 

42,363

 

 

 

1,223

 

 

 

2.9

%

Security losses, net

 

 

(310

)

 

 

 

 

 

(310

)

 

n/m

 

Total Noninterest Income

 

$

43,276

 

 

$

42,363

 

 

$

913

 

 

 

2.2

%

 

n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful

Changes in various components of noninterest income are discussed in further detail below.  For analysis of Trustmark’s insurance commissions and wealth management income, please see the section captioned “Results of Segment Operations.”

Bank Card and Other Fees

Bank card and other fees consist primarily of fees earned on bank card products as well as fees on various bank products and services and safe deposit box fees.  The increase in bank card and other fees for the three months ended March 31, 2016 when compared to the same time period in 2015 was primarily the result of increases in net revenue related to the interest rate swaps entered into with qualified commercial borrowing customers and interchange income, partially offset by decreases in miscellaneous other bank fees.  See the section captioned “Derivatives” for additional information related to the derivative products offered to Trustmark’s qualified commercial borrowing customers.

60


 

Mortgage Banking, Net

The following table illustrates the components of mortgage banking income included in noninterest income for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Mortgage servicing income, net

 

$

5,058

 

 

$

4,897

 

 

$

161

 

 

 

3.3

%

Change in fair value-MSR from runoff

 

 

(2,005

)

 

 

(2,213

)

 

 

208

 

 

 

-9.4

%

Gain on sales of loans, net

 

 

2,591

 

 

 

3,716

 

 

 

(1,125

)

 

 

-30.3

%

Other, net

 

 

2,642

 

 

 

1,245

 

 

 

1,397

 

 

n/m

 

Mortgage banking income before

   hedge ineffectiveness

 

 

8,286

 

 

 

7,645

 

 

 

641

 

 

 

8.4

%

Change in fair value-MSR from market changes

 

 

(6,866

)

 

 

(2,368

)

 

 

(4,498

)

 

n/m

 

Change in fair value of derivatives

 

 

7,279

 

 

 

3,688

 

 

 

3,591

 

 

 

97.4

%

Net positive hedge ineffectiveness

 

 

413

 

 

 

1,320

 

 

 

(907

)

 

 

-68.7

%

Mortgage banking, net

 

$

8,699

 

 

$

8,965

 

 

$

(266

)

 

 

-3.0

%

 

n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful

The decrease in net revenue from mortgage banking during the first three months of 2016 when compared to the same time period in 2015 was principally due to a decrease in gain on sales of loans, net and a decline in the net positive hedge ineffectiveness, partially offset by an increase in the positive net valuation adjustment for the fair value of LHFS, interest rate lock commitments and forward sales contracts.  Mortgage loan production for the three months ended March 31, 2016 was $307.5 million, an increase of $2.9 million, or 1.0%, when compared to the same time period in 2015, reflecting industry-wide improvements in real estate and construction activity.  In addition, during the second quarter of 2015, Trustmark expanded its mortgage banking capabilities with the addition of ten mortgage producers in the Alabama and Florida market regions. Loans serviced for others totaled $6.015 billion at March 31, 2016, compared with $5.635 billion at March 31, 2015, an increase of $380.0 million, or 6.7%, primarily due to increased loan sales during 2015.

Representing a significant component of mortgage banking income is gain on the sales of loans, net.  The decrease in the gain on sales of loans, net when the three months ended March 31, 2016 are compared to the same time period in 2015, resulted from lower profit margins from secondary marketing activities due to competitive pricing pressures in the market.  Loan sales totaled $235.4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, an increase of $2.4 million when compared with the same time period in 2015.  The increase in loans sales for the first three months of 2016 when compared to the same time period in 2015 was due to increased mortgage lending activity and Trustmark’s decision during 2015 to sell the vast majority of these lower-rate, longer-term home mortgages in the secondary market, rather than replacing the run-off in its single-family loan portfolio.

Other mortgage banking income, net includes the net valuation adjustment recognized in income in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 825, “Financial Instruments,” for the fair value of LHFS accounted for under the fair value option and the net valuation adjustment recognized in income in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” for the fair value of interest rate lock commitments and forward sales contracts.  Valuation adjustments are primarily the result of changes in volume and profit margins for the related instruments during the period.  The increase in other mortgage banking income, net when comparing the first three months of 2016 with the same time period in 2015 primarily resulted from an increase in the positive net valuation adjustment in the fair value of LHFS, interest rate lock commitments and forward sales contracts during the period, which was principally due to higher increases in profit margins during the first three months of 2016 offset partially by higher increases in volumes during the first three months of 2015.  For additional information regarding the LHFS accounted for under the fair value option, please see the section captioned “Fair Value Option” included in Note 15 – Fair Value set forth in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements – of this report.  See the section captioned “Derivatives” for further discussion of the mortgage related derivative instruments.

61


 

Other Income, Net

The following table illustrates the components of other income, net included in noninterest income for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Partnership amortization for tax credit purposes

 

$

(2,479

)

 

$

(2,472

)

 

$

(7

)

 

 

0.3

%

Decrease in FDIC indemnification asset

 

 

(99

)

 

 

(970

)

 

 

871

 

 

 

-89.8

%

Increase in life insurance cash surrender value

 

 

1,692

 

 

 

1,675

 

 

 

17

 

 

 

1.0

%

Other miscellaneous income

 

 

1,774

 

 

 

712

 

 

 

1,062

 

 

n/m

 

Total other, net

 

$

888

 

 

$

(1,055

)

 

$

1,943

 

 

n/m

 

 

n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful

The increase in other income, net when the first three months of 2016 are compared to the same time period in 2015 was primarily the result of increases in other miscellaneous income and a decrease in the net reduction of the FDIC indemnification asset.  The increase in other miscellaneous income for the first three months of 2016 compared to the same time period in 2015 was principally due to a decline in the loss on sale of premises and equipment as result of a net loss recorded during the first quarter of 2015 on the sale of a former bank branch acquired in the merger with BancTrust and an increase in the amount of revenues received during the first three months of 2016 related to Trustmark’s non-qualified deferred compensation plan. The decrease in the net reduction of the FDIC indemnification asset was primarily due to a positive valuation adjustment for covered acquired loans during the first three months of 2016 compared to negative valuation adjustments for both covered acquired loans and covered other real estate during the first three months of 2015.

Noninterest Expense

The following table illustrates the comparative components of noninterest expense for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

$

57,201

 

 

$

57,169

 

 

$

32

 

 

 

0.1

%

Services and fees

 

 

14,475

 

 

 

14,121

 

 

 

354

 

 

 

2.5

%

Net occupancy-premises

 

 

6,188

 

 

 

6,191

 

 

 

(3

)

 

 

-0.1

%

Equipment expense

 

 

6,094

 

 

 

5,974

 

 

 

120

 

 

 

2.0

%

ORE/Foreclosure expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Write-downs

 

 

1,102

 

 

 

1,024

 

 

 

78

 

 

 

7.6

%

Net (gain)/loss on sale

 

 

(1,867

)

 

 

(1,367

)

 

 

(500

)

 

 

36.6

%

Carrying costs

 

 

946

 

 

 

1,458

 

 

 

(512

)

 

 

-35.1

%

Total ORE/Foreclosure expense

 

 

181

 

 

 

1,115

 

 

 

(934

)

 

 

-83.8

%

FDIC assessment expense

 

 

2,811

 

 

 

2,940

 

 

 

(129

)

 

 

-4.4

%

Other expense

 

 

11,994

 

 

 

11,706

 

 

 

288

 

 

 

2.5

%

Total noninterest expense

 

$

98,944

 

 

$

99,216

 

 

$

(272

)

 

 

-0.3

%

Changes in the various component of noninterest expense are discussed in further detail below.  Management considers disciplined expense management a key area of focus in the support of improving shareholder value.

Services and Fees

The increase in services and fees for the three months ended March 31, 2016 when compared with the same time period in 2015 was primarily due to higher data processing expenses related to software as well as increases in outside services and fees, which were partially offset by declines in communication expenses (i.e., courier services and telephone expense).

During the second quarter of 2015, Trustmark introduced its new consumer mobile banking service, myTrustmarkSM.  Trustmark continues to expand product features and functionality provided to customers through myTrustmarkSM.  Since the release of myTrustmarkSM, adoption of online banking has increased with approximately two-thirds of these customers accessing myTrustmarkSM through mobile devices. Trustmark has partnered with third party vendors to employ several security control mechanisms to assure secure access to myTrustmarkSM as well as the security of the data processing and storage behind the site.

62


 

ORE/Foreclosure Expense

The decrease in ORE/Foreclosure expense for the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared with the same time period in 2015 was principally due to declines in other real estate carrying costs as well as an increase in the net gain on the sale of other real estate.  For additional analysis of other real estate and foreclosure expenses, please see the section captioned “Nonperforming Assets, Excluding Acquired Loans and Covered Other Real Estate.”

FDIC Assessment Expense

The decrease in FDIC assessment expense for the first three months of 2016 when compared with the same time period in 2015 primarily resulted from a projected decrease in Trustmark’s assessment rate, which benefited from a reduction in FDIC defined higher-risk assets.

Other Expense

The following table illustrates the comparative components of other noninterest expense for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31,

 

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Loan expense

 

$

3,043

 

 

$

2,721

 

 

$

322

 

 

 

11.8

%

Amortization of intangibles

 

 

1,796

 

 

 

1,991

 

 

 

(195

)

 

 

-9.8

%

Other miscellaneous expense

 

 

7,155

 

 

 

6,994

 

 

 

161

 

 

 

2.3

%

Total other expense

 

$

11,994

 

 

$

11,706

 

 

$

288

 

 

 

2.5

%

 

The increase in other expenses for the three months ended March 31, 2016 when compared to the same time period in 2015 was principally due to increases in loan expenses, primarily due to increases in attorney fees and reserves for mortgage loan putback expense, and other miscellaneous expenses, primarily resulting from higher customer-related fraud losses.  These increases were partially offset by a decrease in the amortization of the core deposit intangible asset.

Results of Segment Operations

For a description of the methodologies used to measure financial performance and financial information by reportable segment, please see Note 17 – Segment Information included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements – of this report.  The following discusses changes in the results of operations of each reportable segment for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015.

General Banking

Net interest income for the General Banking Division decreased $2.8 million, or 2.9%, when the three months ended March 31, 2016 are compared with the same time period in 2015.  The decline in net interest income was mostly due to declines in interest and fees on acquired loans, which was partially offset by an increase in interest and fees on LHFS and LHFI.  The provision for loan losses, net for the three months ended March 31, 2016 totaled $3.6 million compared to $2.1 million for the same period in 2015, an increase of $1.4 million, or 66.6%.  For more information on these net interest income items, please see the sections captioned “Financial Highlights” and “Results of Operations.”

Noninterest income for the General Banking Division increased $1.7 million, or 6.4%, during the first three months of 2016 compared to the same time period in 2015.  Noninterest income for the General Banking Division represented 22.5% of total revenues for the first three months of 2016 as opposed to 20.9% for the same time period in 2015.  Noninterest income for the General Banking Division includes service charges on deposit accounts; bank card and other fees; mortgage banking, net; other, net and securities gains, net.  For more information on these noninterest income items, please see the analysis included in the section captioned “Noninterest Income.”

Noninterest expense for the General Banking Division increased $376 thousand, or 0.4%, during the first three months of 2016 compared with the same time period in 2015.  For more information on these noninterest expense items, please see the analysis included in the section captioned “Noninterest Expense.”

63


 

Wealth Management

During the first three months of 2016, net income for the Wealth Management Division increased $235 thousand, or 30.2%, when compared to the same time period in 2015. Net interest income for the Wealth Management Division increased $190 thousand when the first three months of 2016 is compared to the same time period in 2015 due to an increase in the interest income earned on deposit accounts held by the Wealth Management Division.  Noninterest income, which includes income related to investment management, trust and brokerage services, decreased $719 thousand, or 9.0%, when the first three months of 2016 are compared to the same time period in 2015.  The decrease in noninterest income for the Wealth Management Division was primarily attributable to declines in annuity income and commissions generated by the brokerage services unit as well as a decrease in trust asset management fee income.  Noninterest expense decreased $879 thousand, or 13.0%, during the first three months of 2016 compared to the same time period in 2015, principally due to decreases in salaries and employee benefits, primarily due to lower commissions and salary expense as well as a gain recorded in other expense during the first quarter of 2016 related to the recapture of funds from a trust account.

At March 31, 2016 and 2015, Trustmark held assets under management and administration of $10.861 billion and $10.881 billion, respectively, and brokerage assets of $1.553 billion and $1.594 billion, respectively.

Insurance

Net income for the Insurance Division during the first three months of 2016 decreased $185 thousand, or 16.8%, compared to the same time period in 2015.  Noninterest income for the Insurance Division remained relatively stable with a slight decrease of $22 thousand, or 0.3%, when the first three months of 2016 are compared to the same time period in 2015.  Insurance commissions, which make up predominantly all of noninterest income for the Insurance Division, totaled $8.6 million for the first quarter of 2015, an increase of $92 thousand, or 1.1%, compared to the fourth quarter of 2015, and a decrease of $23 thousand, or 0.3%, compared to the first quarter of 2015.  The decrease in insurance commissions during the first three months of 2016 when compared to the same time period in 2015 was primarily due to declines in business commission volume primarily in personal property and casualty coverage partially offset by new business commission volume primarily in commercial property and casualty and group health coverage, resulting from both a continued focus on new business and the addition of experienced account executives with an established book of business during 2015.  General business activity in Trustmark’s geographic markets continues to improve marginally, resulting in increases in the demand for coverage on inventories, property, equipment, general liability and workers’ compensation.  Noninterest expense for the Insurance Division increased $231 thousand, or 3.3%, when the first three months of 2016 is compared to the same time period in 2015, primarily due to higher salaries and commissions expense resulting from modest general merit increases.

Income Taxes

For the three months ended March 31, 2016, Trustmark’s combined effective tax rate was 24.0% compared to 24.1% for the same time period in 2015.  Trustmark invests in partnerships that provide income tax credits on a Federal and/or State basis (i.e., new market tax credits, low income housing tax credits or historical tax credits).  The income tax credits related to these partnerships are utilized as specifically allowed by income tax law and are recorded as a reduction in income tax expense.

Financial Condition

Earning assets serve as the primary revenue streams for Trustmark and are comprised of securities, loans, federal funds sold, securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and other earning assets.  Average earning assets totaled $11.287 billion, or 88.6% of total average assets, at March 31, 2016, compared to $10.613 billion, or 87.5% of total average assets, at March 31, 2015, an increase of $674.0 million, or 6.4%.

Securities

The securities portfolio is utilized by Management to manage interest rate risk, generate interest income, provide liquidity and use as collateral for public deposits and wholesale funding.  Risk and return can be adjusted by altering duration, composition and/or balance of the portfolio.  The weighted-average life of the portfolio decreased to 4.2 years at March 31, 2016, compared to 5.2 years at December 31, 2015.

When compared with December 31, 2015, total investment securities increased by $3.1 million during the first three months of 2016.  This increase resulted primarily from purchases of government-sponsored enterprise (GSE) guaranteed securities and improvements in the fair market value of the available for sale securities, which were largely offset by maturities and pay-downs of the loans underlying these securities.  Trustmark sold $25.0 million of securities during the first three months of 2016, which generated a net loss of $310 thousand, compared to no securities sold during the first three months of 2015.

64


 

During 2013, Trustmark reclassified approximately $1.099 billion of securities available for sale as securities held to maturity to mitigate the potential adverse impact of a rising interest rate environment on the fair value of the available for sale securities and the related impact on tangible common equity.  The securities were transferred at fair value, which became the cost basis for the securities held to maturity.  At the date of transfer, the net unrealized holding loss on the available for sale securities totaled approximately $46.6 million.  The net unrealized holding loss is amortized over the remaining life of the securities as a yield adjustment in a manner consistent with the amortization or accretion of the original purchase premium or discount on the associated security.  There were no gains or losses recognized as a result of the transfer.  At March 31, 2016, the net unamortized, unrealized loss on the transferred securities included in accumulated other comprehensive loss (AOCL) in the accompanying balance sheets totaled $31.3 million ($19.3 million net of tax) compared to $34.0 million ($21.0 million net of tax) at December 31, 2015.

Available for sale securities are carried at their estimated fair value with unrealized gains or losses recognized, net of taxes, in AOCL, a separate component of shareholders’ equity.  At March 31, 2016, available for sale securities totaled $2.368 billion, which represented 67.0% of the securities portfolio, compared to $2.345 billion, or 66.4%, at December 31, 2015.  At March 31, 2016, unrealized gains, net on available for sale securities totaled $41.5 million compared to $5.9 million at December 31, 2015.  At March 31, 2016, available for sale securities consisted of obligations of states and political subdivisions, GSE guaranteed mortgage-related securities and direct obligations of government agencies and GSEs.

Held to maturity securities are carried at amortized cost and represent those securities that Trustmark both intends and has the ability to hold to maturity.  At March 31, 2016, held to maturity securities totaled $1.168 billion and represented 33.0% of the total securities portfolio, compared with $1.188 billion, or 33.6%, at December 31, 2015.

Management continues to focus on asset quality as one of the strategic goals of the securities portfolio, which is evidenced by the investment of approximately 95% of the portfolio in GSE-backed obligations and other Aaa-rated securities as determined by Moody’s Investors Services (Moody’s).  None of the securities owned by Trustmark are collateralized by assets which are considered sub-prime.  Furthermore, outside of stock ownership in the FHLB of Dallas, FHLB of Atlanta and Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, Trustmark does not hold any other equity investment in a GSE.

As of March 31, 2016, Trustmark did not hold securities of any one issuer with a carrying value exceeding ten percent of total shareholders’ equity, other than certain GSEs which are exempt from inclusion.  Management continues to closely monitor the credit quality as well as the ratings of the debt and mortgage-backed securities issued by the GSEs and held in Trustmark’s securities portfolio.

The following table presents Trustmark’s securities portfolio by amortized cost and estimated fair value and by credit rating, as determined by Moody’s, at March 31, 2016 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

 

Amortized Cost

 

 

Estimated Fair Value

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

Securities Available for Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aaa

 

$

2,195,144

 

 

 

94.4

%

 

$

2,232,465

 

 

 

94.3

%

Aa1 to Aa3

 

 

80,191

 

 

 

3.4

%

 

 

83,073

 

 

 

3.5

%

A1 to A3

 

 

1,710

 

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

1,731

 

 

 

0.1

%

Not Rated (1)

 

 

49,562

 

 

 

2.1

%

 

 

50,851

 

 

 

2.1

%

Total securities available for sale

 

$

2,326,607

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

2,368,120

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities Held to Maturity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Aaa

 

$

1,113,925

 

 

 

95.3

%

 

$

1,141,819

 

 

 

95.2

%

Aa1 to Aa3

 

 

39,801

 

 

 

3.4

%

 

 

42,449

 

 

 

3.5

%

A1 to A3

 

 

815

 

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

836

 

 

 

0.1

%

Not Rated (1)

 

 

13,662

 

 

 

1.2

%

 

 

14,109

 

 

 

1.2

%

Total securities held to maturity

 

$

1,168,203

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

1,199,213

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

(1)

Not rated issues primarily consist of Mississippi municipal general obligations

The table above presenting the credit rating of Trustmark’s securities is formatted to show the securities according to the credit rating category, and not by category of the underlying security.  At March 31, 2016, approximately 94.3% of the available for sale securities and 95.3% of the held to maturity securities were rated Aaa.

65


 

LHFS

At March 31, 2016, LHFS totaled $191.0 million, consisting of $156.2 million of residential real estate mortgage loans in the process of being sold to third parties and $34.9 million of GNMA optional repurchase loans.  At December 31, 2015, LHFS totaled $160.2 million, consisting of $124.2 million of residential real estate mortgage loans in the process of being sold to third parties and $36.0 million of GNMA optional repurchase loans.  Please refer to the nonperforming assets table that follows for information on GNMA loans eligible for repurchase which are past due 90 days or more.

During the first quarter of 2015, Trustmark exercised its option to repurchase approximately $28.5 million delinquent loans serviced for GNMA.  These loans were subsequently sold to a third party under different repurchase provisions.  Trustmark retained the servicing for these loans, which are subject to guarantees by FHA/VA.  As a result of this repurchase and sale, the loans are no longer carried as LHFS.  The transaction resulted in a gain of $304 thousand, which is included in mortgage banking, net for the first three months of 2015.  Trustmark did not exercise its buy-back option on any delinquent loans serviced for GNMA during the first three months of 2016.

For additional information regarding the GNMA optional repurchase loans, please see the section captioned “Past Due LHFS” included in Note 3 – Loans Held for Investment (LHFI) and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI of Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements – of this report.

LHFI

The table below shows the carrying value of the LHFI portfolio by loan type at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

 

Amount

 

 

%

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

697,500

 

 

 

9.6

%

 

$

824,723

 

 

 

11.6

%

Secured by 1- 4 family residential properties

 

 

1,640,015

 

 

 

22.6

%

 

 

1,649,501

 

 

 

23.3

%

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

1,893,240

 

 

 

26.0

%

 

 

1,736,476

 

 

 

24.5

%

Other real estate secured

 

 

273,752

 

 

 

3.8

%

 

 

211,228

 

 

 

3.0

%

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

1,368,464

 

 

 

18.8

%

 

 

1,343,211

 

 

 

18.9

%

Consumer loans

 

 

164,544

 

 

 

2.3

%

 

 

169,135

 

 

 

2.4

%

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

787,049

 

 

 

10.8

%

 

 

734,615

 

 

 

10.4

%

Other loans

 

 

443,458

 

 

 

6.1

%

 

 

422,496

 

 

 

5.9

%

LHFI

 

$

7,268,022

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

$

7,091,385

 

 

 

100.0

%

 

LHFI increased $176.6 million, or 2.5%, compared to December 31, 2015.  The increase in LHFI during the first three months of 2016 represented growth across all five of Trustmark’s market regions and all major categories of its LHFI portfolio with the exception of consumer loans.

LHFI secured by real estate increased $82.6 million, or 1.9%, during the first three months of 2016 as growth in in the Mississippi, Alabama and Texas market regions was partially offset by declines in the Tennessee and Florida market regions.  LHFI secured by construction, land development and other land decreased $127.2 million, or 15.4%, during the first three months of 2016, primarily due to other construction loans that were moved to the appropriate permanent categories partially offset by new loans in the other construction loans and 1-4 family construction categories.  During the first three months of 2016, $242.9 million in other construction loans were moved to the appropriate permanent categories upon completion, including $144.7 million in non-owner occupied, $31.4 million in owner occupied and $66.7 million in multi-family residential.  Excluding all reclassifications between loan categories, growth in other construction loans across all five market regions totaled $96.8 million for the first three months of 2016.  The 1-4 family construction loan portfolio increased $10.6 million, or 6.8%, during the first three months of 2016, principally due to growth in Trustmark’s Alabama, Texas and Mississippi market regions.

The commercial real estate loan portfolio increased $156.8 million, or 9.0%, during the first three months of 2016, principally due to construction loans moved to permanent financing.  Excluding the reclassifications from other construction loans, the commercial real estate loans portfolio declined $18.7 million, or 1.1%, during the first three months of 2016.  The decrease in the commercial real estate loan portfolio, excluding the other construction reclassifications, was primarily attributable to declines in non-owner occupied loans in Trustmark’s Texas, Tennessee and Florida market regions as well as declines in owner occupied loans in the Texas, Mississippi and Tennessee market regions, which were partially offset by growth in non-owner occupied loans in Trustmark’s Alabama and Mississippi market regions.  Other real estate secured LHFI increased $62.5 million, or 29.6%, during the first three months of 2016, primarily due to multi-family residential loans in the Texas market regions moved from other construction loans to

66


 

permanent financing.  Excluding all reclassifications between loan categories, other real estate secured LHFI declined $6.3 million, or 3.0%, during the first three months of 2016.

The commercial and industrial loan portfolio increased $25.3 million, or 1.9%, during the first three months of 2016, due to growth in the Tennessee, Mississippi, Florida and Texas market regions, partially offset by declines in the Alabama market region.  Trustmark’s exposure to the energy sector is primarily included in the commercial and industrial loan portfolio in Trustmark’s Mississippi and Texas market regions.  At March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, energy-related LHFI had outstanding balances of approximately $253.0 million and $213.0 million, respectively, which represented approximately 3.5% of Trustmark’s total LHFI portfolio at March 31, 2016 compared to approximately 3.0% of the total LHFI portfolio at December 31, 2015.  Trustmark has no loan exposure where the source of repayment, or the underlying security of such exposure, is tied to the realization of value from energy reserves.  Should oil prices remain at current levels or below for a prolonged period of time, there is potential for downgrades to occur.  Management will continue to monitor this exposure.  

State and other political subdivision LHFI increased $52.4 million, or 7.1%, during the first three months of 2016 principally due to growth in traditional public finance loans, such as investments that entail the use of tax anticipation notes, public school improvements, facility improvements and renovations, in all five of Trustmark’s market regions.  The other loan portfolio, which includes lending to nonprofits and real estate investment trusts, increased $21.0 million, or 5.0%, during the first three months of 2016, which primarily represented growth in Trustmark’s Alabama, Tennessee and Mississippi market regions partially offset by declines in the Texas market region.

The following table provides information regarding Trustmark’s home equity loans and home equity lines of credit which are included in the LHFI secured by 1-4 family residential properties for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

Home equity loans

 

$

59,355

 

 

$

61,635

 

Home equity lines of credit

 

 

376,422

 

 

 

376,998

 

Percentage of loans and lines for which Trustmark holds first lien

 

 

59.2

%

 

 

58.9

%

Percentage of loans and lines for which Trustmark does not hold first lien

 

 

40.8

%

 

 

41.1

%

 

Due to the increased risk associated with second liens, loan terms and underwriting guidelines differ from those used for products secured by first liens.  Loan amounts and loan-to-value ratios are limited and are lower for second liens than first liens.  Also, interest rates and maximum amortization periods are adjusted accordingly.  In addition, regardless of lien position, the passing credit score for approval of all home equity lines of credit is higher than that of term loans.  The allowance for loan losses, LHFI is also reflective of the increased risk related to second liens through application of a greater loss factor to this portion of the portfolio.

The following tables provide information regarding the interest rate terms of Trustmark’s LHFI as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 ($ in thousands).  Trustmark’s variable rate LHFI are based primarily on various prime and LIBOR interest rate bases.

 

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

 

Fixed

 

 

Variable

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

211,259

 

 

$

486,241

 

 

$

697,500

 

Secured by 1- 4 family residential properties

 

 

1,575,878

 

 

 

64,137

 

 

 

1,640,015

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

1,094,379

 

 

 

798,861

 

 

 

1,893,240

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

134,788

 

 

 

138,964

 

 

 

273,752

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

449,850

 

 

 

918,614

 

 

 

1,368,464

 

Consumer loans

 

 

145,216

 

 

 

19,328

 

 

 

164,544

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

696,917

 

 

 

90,132

 

 

 

787,049

 

Other loans

 

 

191,257

 

 

 

252,201

 

 

 

443,458

 

LHFI

 

$

4,499,544

 

 

$

2,768,478

 

 

$

7,268,022

 

 

67


 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Fixed

 

 

Variable

 

 

Total

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

311,049

 

 

$

513,674

 

 

$

824,723

 

Secured by 1- 4 family residential properties

 

 

1,573,640

 

 

 

75,861

 

 

 

1,649,501

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

1,116,689

 

 

 

619,787

 

 

 

1,736,476

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

160,147

 

 

 

51,081

 

 

 

211,228

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

611,198

 

 

 

732,013

 

 

 

1,343,211

 

Consumer loans

 

 

149,742

 

 

 

19,393

 

 

 

169,135

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

682,028

 

 

 

52,587

 

 

 

734,615

 

Other loans

 

 

210,186

 

 

 

212,310

 

 

 

422,496

 

LHFI

 

$

4,814,679

 

 

$

2,276,706

 

 

$

7,091,385

 

 

In the following tables, LHFI reported by region (along with related nonperforming assets and net charge-offs) are associated with location of origination except for loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties (representing traditional mortgages), credit cards and indirect consumer auto loans.  These loans are included in the Mississippi Region because they are centrally analyzed and approved as part of a specific line of business located at Trustmark’s headquarters in Jackson, Mississippi.

68


 

The following table presents the LHFI composition by region at March 31, 2016 and reflects a diversified mix of loans by region ($ in thousands):

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

LHFI Composition by Region

 

Total

 

 

Alabama

 

 

Florida

 

 

Mississippi

 

 

Tennessee

 

 

Texas

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

697,500

 

 

$

129,438

 

 

$

54,964

 

 

$

261,624

 

 

$

46,911

 

 

$

204,563

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

1,640,015

 

 

 

63,369

 

 

 

47,203

 

 

 

1,402,893

 

 

 

107,172

 

 

 

19,378

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

1,893,240

 

 

 

244,495

 

 

 

165,995

 

 

 

894,692

 

 

 

140,428

 

 

 

447,630

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

273,752

 

 

 

18,950

 

 

 

4,747

 

 

 

118,279

 

 

 

18,020

 

 

 

113,756

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

1,368,464

 

 

 

105,124

 

 

 

15,728

 

 

 

711,295

 

 

 

234,252

 

 

 

302,065

 

Consumer loans

 

 

164,544

 

 

 

18,091

 

 

 

3,022

 

 

 

122,986

 

 

 

18,037

 

 

 

2,408

 

State and other political subdivision loans

 

 

787,049

 

 

 

63,359

 

 

 

30,536

 

 

 

514,537

 

 

 

31,518

 

 

 

147,099

 

Other loans

 

 

443,458

 

 

 

41,199

 

 

 

19,472

 

 

 

289,902

 

 

 

50,854

 

 

 

42,031

 

LHFI

 

$

7,268,022

 

 

$

684,025

 

 

$

341,667

 

 

$

4,316,208

 

 

$

647,192

 

 

$

1,278,930

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, Land Development and Other Land Loans by Region

 

Lots

 

$

50,492

 

 

$

7,175

 

 

$

19,716

 

 

$

16,846

 

 

$

3,560

 

 

$

3,195

 

Development

 

 

57,654

 

 

 

7,426

 

 

 

4,219

 

 

 

27,354

 

 

 

710

 

 

 

17,945

 

Unimproved land

 

 

113,169

 

 

 

13,992

 

 

 

17,981

 

 

 

43,638

 

 

 

18,168

 

 

 

19,390

 

1-4 family construction

 

 

165,572

 

 

 

35,012

 

 

 

10,110

 

 

 

76,428

 

 

 

1,675

 

 

 

42,347

 

Other construction

 

 

310,613

 

 

 

65,833

 

 

 

2,938

 

 

 

97,358

 

 

 

22,798

 

 

 

121,686

 

Construction, land development and other

   land loans

 

$

697,500

 

 

$

129,438

 

 

$

54,964

 

 

$

261,624

 

 

$

46,911

 

 

$

204,563

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans Secured by Nonfarm, Nonresidential Properties by Region

 

Non-owner occupied:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retail

 

$

257,281

 

 

$

62,525

 

 

$

37,083

 

 

$

92,383

 

 

$

20,393

 

 

$

44,897

 

Office

 

 

221,311

 

 

 

31,304

 

 

 

31,521

 

 

 

80,383

 

 

 

5,731

 

 

 

72,372

 

Nursing homes/assisted living

 

 

118,023

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

112,650

 

 

 

5,373

 

 

 

 

Hotel/motel

 

 

184,898

 

 

 

38,031

 

 

 

21,924

 

 

 

45,023

 

 

 

32,265

 

 

 

47,655

 

Industrial

 

 

85,605

 

 

 

17,467

 

 

 

9,487

 

 

 

16,493

 

 

 

1,455

 

 

 

40,703

 

Health care

 

 

26,830

 

 

 

2,241

 

 

 

862

 

 

 

23,727

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convenience stores

 

 

16,585

 

 

 

230

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,268

 

 

 

1,091

 

 

 

4,996

 

Other

 

 

199,259

 

 

 

12,030

 

 

 

16,920

 

 

 

89,495

 

 

 

3,737

 

 

 

77,077

 

Total non-owner occupied loans

 

 

1,109,792

 

 

 

163,828

 

 

 

117,797

 

 

 

470,422

 

 

 

70,045

 

 

 

287,700

 

Owner-occupied:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Office

 

 

123,870

 

 

 

9,295

 

 

 

20,577

 

 

 

64,859

 

 

 

8,631

 

 

 

20,508

 

Churches

 

 

90,616

 

 

 

9,043

 

 

 

2,194

 

 

 

45,480

 

 

 

25,045

 

 

 

8,854

 

Industrial warehouses

 

 

135,811

 

 

 

5,723

 

 

 

4,050

 

 

 

67,766

 

 

 

10,756

 

 

 

47,516

 

Health care

 

 

121,515

 

 

 

19,478

 

 

 

8,602

 

 

 

61,609

 

 

 

11,693

 

 

 

20,133

 

Convenience stores

 

 

81,707

 

 

 

7,778

 

 

 

1,752

 

 

 

46,559

 

 

 

2,647

 

 

 

22,971

 

Retail

 

 

42,068

 

 

 

8,415

 

 

 

5,698

 

 

 

20,071

 

 

 

2,098

 

 

 

5,786

 

Restaurants

 

 

32,753

 

 

 

2,645

 

 

 

1,722

 

 

 

22,542

 

 

 

3,636

 

 

 

2,208

 

Auto dealerships

 

 

14,042

 

 

 

8,068

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

4,682

 

 

 

1,199

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

141,066

 

 

 

10,222

 

 

 

3,510

 

 

 

90,702

 

 

 

4,678

 

 

 

31,954

 

Total owner-occupied loans

 

 

783,448

 

 

 

80,667

 

 

 

48,198

 

 

 

424,270

 

 

 

70,383

 

 

 

159,930

 

Loans secured by nonfarm, nonresidential

   properties

 

$

1,893,240

 

 

$

244,495

 

 

$

165,995

 

 

$

894,692

 

 

$

140,428

 

 

$

447,630

 

69


 

Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI

Trustmark’s allowance for loan loss methodology is based on guidance provided in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 102, “Selected Loan Loss Allowance Methodology and Documentation Issues,” as well as other regulatory guidance.  Trustmark’s allowance has been developed using different factors to estimate losses based upon specific evaluation of identified individual LHFI considered impaired, estimated identified losses on various pools of LHFI and/or groups of risk rated LHFI with common risk characteristics and other external and internal factors of estimated probable losses based on other facts and circumstances.  The level of Trustmark’s allowance reflects Management’s continuing evaluation of specific credit risks, loan loss experience, current loan portfolio growth, present economic, political and regulatory conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio.  For a complete description of Trustmark’s allowance for loan loss methodology and the quantitative and qualitative factors included in the valuation allowance, please see Note 3 – Loans Held for Investment (LHFI) and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements – of this report.

At March 31, 2016, the allowance for loan losses, LHFI, was $69.7 million, an increase of $2.0 million, or 3.0%, when compared with December 31, 2015.  The increase in the allowance for loan loss was principally due to an increase in LHFI that were specifically reviewed and impaired in Trustmark’s Mississippi market region during the first three months of 2016.  Total allowance coverage of nonperforming LHFI, excluding specifically reviewed impaired LHFI, declined to 203.24% at March 31, 2016, compared to 210.32% at December 31, 2015 due to the increase in the balance of nonperforming LHFI, excluding specifically reviewed impaired LHFI, during the first three months of 2016.  Allocation of Trustmark’s $69.7 million allowance for loan losses, LHFI, represented 1.06% of commercial LHFI and 0.65% of consumer and home mortgage LHFI, resulting in an allowance to total LHFI of 0.96% as of March 31, 2016.  This compares with an allowance to total LHFI of 0.95% at December 31, 2015, which was allocated to commercial LHFI at 1.05% and to consumer and mortgage LHFI at 0.66%.

The following tables present changes in the allowance for loan losses, LHFI by geographic market region for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2016

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Alabama

 

 

Florida

 

 

Mississippi

 

 

Tennessee

 

 

Texas

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

67,619

 

 

$

5,469

 

 

$

2,766

 

 

$

43,184

 

 

$

5,230

 

 

$

10,970

 

LHFI charged-off

 

 

(3,363

)

 

 

(152

)

 

 

(268

)

 

 

(1,790

)

 

 

(261

)

 

 

(892

)

Recoveries

 

 

3,169

 

 

 

89

 

 

 

942

 

 

 

1,864

 

 

 

253

 

 

 

21

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

 

 

(194

)

 

 

(63

)

 

 

674

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

(8

)

 

 

(871

)

Provision for loan losses, LHFI

 

 

2,243

 

 

 

540

 

 

 

(818

)

 

 

1,848

 

 

 

138

 

 

 

535

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

69,668

 

 

$

5,946

 

 

$

2,622

 

 

$

45,106

 

 

$

5,360

 

 

$

10,634

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2015

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Alabama

 

 

Florida

 

 

Mississippi

 

 

Tennessee

 

 

Texas

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

69,616

 

 

$

3,647

 

 

$

3,920

 

 

$

47,290

 

 

$

5,674

 

 

$

9,085

 

LHFI charged-off

 

 

(3,004

)

 

 

(256

)

 

 

(525

)

 

 

(1,654

)

 

 

(273

)

 

 

(296

)

Recoveries

 

 

2,924

 

 

 

112

 

 

 

553

 

 

 

1,511

 

 

 

489

 

 

 

259

 

Net (charge-offs) recoveries

 

 

(80

)

 

 

(144

)

 

 

28

 

 

 

(143

)

 

 

216

 

 

 

(37

)

Provision for loan losses, LHFI

 

 

1,785

 

 

 

761

 

 

 

1,833

 

 

 

(2,729

)

 

 

1,432

 

 

 

488

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

71,321

 

 

$

4,264

 

 

$

5,781

 

 

$

44,418

 

 

$

7,322

 

 

$

9,536

 

Net charge-offs were negligible as charge-offs only slightly exceeded recoveries for both the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015.  The provision for loan losses, LHFI represents the change in the estimated loan losses determined utilizing Trustmark’s allowance for loan loss methodology net of charge-offs and recoveries of LHFI charged against net income.  The provision for loan losses, LHFI, for the first three months of 2016 totaled 0.12% of average loans (LHFS and LHFI), compared with 0.11% of average loans (LHFS and LHFI) for the same time period in 2015.  The increase in the provision for loan losses, LHFI for the first three months of 2016 primarily reflects the net effect of revisions to the allowance for loan loss methodology for LHFI during 2015, growth in the LHFI portfolio, an increase in the amount of newly criticized LHFI and an increase in the amount of specific reserves required related to impaired LHFI in the Mississippi market region when compared to the first three months of 2015.  For a complete description of the revisions made to Trustmark’s allowance for loan loss methodology during 2015, please see Note 5 –LHFI and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI included in Part II. Item 8. – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of Trustmark’s 2015 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Trustmark continues to devote significant resources to managing credit risks resulting from the slowdown in residential real estate developments.  Management believes that the construction and land development portfolio is appropriately risk rated and adequately reserved based on current conditions.

70


 

Nonperforming Assets, Excluding Acquired Loans and Covered Other Real Estate

The table below provides the components of nonperforming assets, excluding acquired loans and covered other real estate, by geographic market region at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

Nonaccrual LHFI

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alabama

 

$

1,788

 

 

$

1,776

 

Florida

 

 

4,952

 

 

 

5,180

 

Mississippi

 

 

56,590

 

 

 

40,754

 

Tennessee

 

 

5,849

 

 

 

5,106

 

Texas

 

 

1,515

 

 

 

2,496

 

Total nonaccrual LHFI

 

 

70,694

 

 

 

55,312

 

Other real estate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alabama

 

 

19,137

 

 

 

21,578

 

Florida

 

 

27,907

 

 

 

29,579

 

Mississippi

 

 

14,511

 

 

 

14,312

 

Tennessee

 

 

8,699

 

 

 

9,974

 

Texas

 

 

1,552

 

 

 

1,734

 

Total other real estate, excluding covered other real estate

 

 

71,806

 

 

 

77,177

 

Total nonperforming assets

 

$

142,500

 

 

$

132,489

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nonperforming assets/total loans (LHFI and LHFS) and ORE

 

 

1.89

%

 

 

1.81

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans past due 90 days or more

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LHFI

 

$

611

 

 

$

2,300

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LHFS - Guaranteed GNMA serviced loans (1)

 

$

24,110

 

 

$

21,812

 

 

(1)

No obligation to repurchase

See the previous discussion of LHFS for more information on Trustmark’s serviced GNMA loans eligible for repurchase and the impact of Trustmark’s repurchases of delinquent mortgage loans under the GNMA optional repurchase program.

Nonaccrual LHFI

At March 31, 2016, nonaccrual LHFI totaled $70.7 million, or 0.95% of total LHFS and LHFI, reflecting an increase of $15.4 million, or 0.21% of total LHFS and LHFI, relative to December 31, 2015.  The increase in nonaccrual LHFI was principally the result of LHFI migrating to nonaccrual status in the Mississippi market region partially offset by substandard credits in Trustmark’s Mississippi, Texas and Tennessee market regions that were paid off, foreclosed or charged off during the first three months of 2016.  LHFI migrating to nonaccrual status in Trustmark’s Mississippi market region totaled approximately $19.0 million during the first three months of 2016, $14.4 million, or 75.8%, of this total represented three substandard credits, two energy-related loans and one healthcare provider.  As of March 31, 2016, nonaccrual energy-related LHFI represented less than 4.5% of Trustmark’s total energy-related portfolio.  For additional information regarding nonaccrual LHFI, see the section captioned “Nonaccrual/Impaired LHFI” included in Note 3 – Loans Held for Investment (LHFI) and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

Other Real Estate, Excluding Covered Other Real Estate

At March 31, 2016, other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, decreased of $5.4 million, or 7.0%, when compared with December 31, 2015.  The decrease in other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, was primarily due to properties sold in Trustmark’s Alabama, Florida, Mississippi and Tennessee market regions as well as write-downs in the Tennessee market region partially offset by properties foreclosed in the Mississippi and Florida market region.

71


 

The following tables illustrate changes in other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, by geographic market region for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2016

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Alabama

 

 

Florida

 

 

Mississippi

 

 

Tennessee

 

 

Texas

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

77,177

 

 

$

21,578

 

 

$

29,579

 

 

$

14,312

 

 

$

9,974

 

 

$

1,734

 

Additions

 

 

3,306

 

 

 

407

 

 

 

880

 

 

 

1,686

 

 

 

333

 

 

 

 

Disposals

 

 

(7,537

)

 

 

(2,968

)

 

 

(2,282

)

 

 

(1,221

)

 

 

(884

)

 

 

(182

)

Write-downs

 

 

(1,140

)

 

 

120

 

 

 

(270

)

 

 

(266

)

 

 

(724

)

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

71,806

 

 

$

19,137

 

 

$

27,907

 

 

$

14,511

 

 

$

8,699

 

 

$

1,552

 

 

 

 

Three Months Ended March 31, 2015

 

 

 

Total

 

 

Alabama

 

 

Florida

 

 

Mississippi

 

 

Tennessee

 

 

Texas

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

92,509

 

 

$

21,196

 

 

$

35,324

 

 

$

17,397

 

 

$

10,292

 

 

$

8,300

 

Additions

 

 

8,656

 

 

 

2,776

 

 

 

2,925

 

 

 

1,275

 

 

 

47

 

 

 

1,633

 

Disposals

 

 

(10,108

)

 

 

(1,473

)

 

 

(2,766

)

 

 

(3,581

)

 

 

(774

)

 

 

(1,514

)

Write-downs

 

 

(882

)

 

 

(704

)

 

 

(737

)

 

 

52

 

 

 

507

 

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

90,175

 

 

$

21,795

 

 

$

34,746

 

 

$

15,143

 

 

$

10,072

 

 

$

8,419

 

 

Other real estate is revalued on an annual basis or more often if market conditions necessitate.  Subsequent to foreclosure, losses on the periodic revaluation of the property are charged against the reserve for other real estate write-downs or net income in ORE/Foreclosure expense, if a reserve does not exist.  Write-downs of other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, increased $258 thousand when the first three months of 2016 is compared to the same time period in 2015.  The increase in write-downs on other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, during the first three months of 2016 compared to the same time period in 2015 was primarily the result of increases in the reserves for write-downs of other real estate in the Tennessee and Mississippi market regions, partially offset by decreases in the reserves for write-downs of other real estate in the Alabama and Florida market regions as well as a decrease in write-downs on other real estate that was revalued, principally in the Florida market region.

Other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, in Trustmark’s Florida market region included $880 thousand of BancTrust properties foreclosed during the first three months of 2016, $270 thousand of write-downs of BancTrust other real estate and the sale of $1.8 million of BancTrust other real estate in Florida during the first three months of 2016.  Excluding other real estate resulting from the BancTrust merger, other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, decreased $1.2 million during the first three months of 2016.

 

For additional information regarding other real estate, including covered other real estate, see Note 6 – Other Real Estate and Covered Other Real Estate included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

Acquired Loans

As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, acquired loans consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

 

 

 

March 31, 2016

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Noncovered

 

 

Covered

 

 

Noncovered

 

 

Covered

 

Loans secured by real estate:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Construction, land development and other land

 

$

41,097

 

 

$

387

 

 

$

41,623

 

 

$

1,021

 

Secured by 1-4 family residential properties

 

 

81,314

 

 

 

8,564

 

 

 

86,950

 

 

 

10,058

 

Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties

 

 

126,177

 

 

 

3,679

 

 

 

135,626

 

 

 

4,638

 

Other real estate secured

 

 

24,374

 

 

 

1,132

 

 

 

23,860

 

 

 

1,286

 

Commercial and industrial loans

 

 

51,663

 

 

 

1,143

 

 

 

55,075

 

 

 

624

 

Consumer loans

 

 

5,027

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,641

 

 

 

 

Other loans

 

 

20,129

 

 

 

69

 

 

 

23,936

 

 

 

73

 

Acquired loans

 

 

349,781

 

 

 

14,974

 

 

 

372,711

 

 

 

17,700

 

Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans

 

 

13,212

 

 

 

323

 

 

 

11,259

 

 

 

733

 

Net acquired loans

 

$

336,569

 

 

$

14,651

 

 

$

361,452

 

 

$

16,967

 

 

72


 

During the first three months of 2016, noncovered and covered acquired loans declined $22.9 million, or 6.2%, and $2.7 million, or 15.4%, respectively, compared to balances at December 31, 2015.  The decrease in both noncovered and covered acquired loans during the first three months of 2016 was primarily the result of pay-downs and pay-offs of these acquired loans.  Based on the most recent re-estimation of expected cash flows, Trustmark anticipates that acquired loan balances, excluding any settlement of debt, will decline approximately $25.0 million to $30.0 million during the second quarter of 2016.  Trustmark also expects the yield on the acquired loans, excluding any recoveries, to be approximately 5.5% to 6.5% for the second quarter of 2016.  As the balances in the acquired loan portfolio continue to run-off, Trustmark expects that the income benefit provided by this portfolio will also decline.  For additional information regarding acquired loans, including changes in the net carrying value, see Note 4 – Acquired Loans included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

Deposits

Trustmark’s deposits are its primary source of funding and consist of core deposits from the communities Trustmark serves.  Deposits include interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing demand accounts, savings, money market, certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts.  Total deposits were $9.634 billion at March 31, 2016 compared to $9.588 billion at December 31, 2015, an increase of $45.4 million, or 0.5%.  Growth in interest-bearing deposits totaled $169.8 million, or 2.6%, and was partially offset by a decline in noninterest-bearing deposits of $124.4 million, or 4.1%, during the first three months of 2016.  The decrease in noninterest-bearing deposits was attributable to declines across all categories of demand deposit accounts.  The increase in interest-bearing deposits resulted primarily from a seasonal increase in public interest-bearing accounts during the first quarter of 2016.

Short-term Borrowings

Trustmark uses short-term borrowings to fund growth of earning assets in excess of deposit growth.  Short-term borrowings consist primarily of federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements, short-term FHLB advances and GNMA optional repurchase loans.  Short-term borrowings totaled $877.8 million at March 31, 2016, an increase of $24.2 million, or 2.8%, when compared with $853.7 million at December 31, 2015.  Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements totaled $466.4 million at March 31, 2016 compared to $441.0 million at December 31, 2015, an increase of $25.4 million, or 5.8%.  Of these amounts $164.4 million and $144.0 million, respectively, represented customer related transactions, such as commercial sweep repurchase balances.  Excluding customer related transactions, federal funds purchased totaled $302.0 million at March 31, 2016, an increase of $5.0 million when compared with $297.0 million at December 31, 2015.  Other short-term borrowings decreased $1.2 million, or 0.3%, during the first three months of 2016 primarily due to the decline in GNMA loans eligible for repurchase. For additional information regarding Trustmark’s GNMA optional repurchase loans, please see the section captioned “LHFS.”

Legal Environment

Information required in this section is set forth under the heading “Legal Proceedings” of Note 11 – Contingencies included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements – of this report.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Information required in this section is set forth under the heading “Lending Related” of Note 11 – Contingencies included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements – of this report.

Contractual Obligations

Payments due from Trustmark under specified long-term and certain other binding contractual obligations were scheduled in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015.  The most significant obligations, other than obligations under deposit contracts and short-term borrowings, were for operating leases for banking facilities.  There have been no material changes in Trustmark’s contractual obligations since year-end.

Capital Resources

At March 31, 2016, Trustmark’s total shareholders’ equity was $1.508 billion, an increase of $35.2 million, or 2.4%, from its level at December 31, 2015.  During the first three months of 2016, shareholders’ equity increased primarily as a result of net income of $27.0 million and an increase in the net unrealized gains on available for sale securities of $22.0 million, net of tax, partially offset by common stock dividends of $15.6 million.  Trustmark utilizes a capital model in order to provide Management with a monthly tool for analyzing changes in its strategic capital ratios.  This allows Management to hold sufficient capital to provide for growth opportunities and protect the balance sheet against sudden adverse market conditions, while maintaining an attractive return on equity to shareholders.

73


 

Regulatory Capital

Trustmark and TNB are subject to minimum risk-based capital and leverage capital requirements, as described in the section captioned “Capital Adequacy” included in Part I. Item 1. – Business of Trustmark’s 2015 Annual Report on Form 10-K, which are administered by the federal bank regulatory agencies.  These capital requirements, as defined by federal regulations, involve quantitative and qualitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet instruments.  Effective January 1, 2016, Trustmark’s and TNB’s minimum risk-based capital requirements include the year-one phased in capital conservation buffer of 0.625%.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements of Trustmark and TNB and limit Trustmark’s and TNB’s ability to pay dividends.  As of March 31, 2016, Trustmark and TNB exceeded all applicable minimum capital standards.  In addition, Trustmark and TNB met applicable regulatory guidelines to be considered well-capitalized at March 31, 2016.  To be categorized in this manner, Trustmark and TNB maintained minimum common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital, total risk-based capital and Tier 1 leverage ratios, and were not subject to any written agreement, order or capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive issued by their primary federal regulators to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measures.  There are no significant conditions or events that have occurred since March 31, 2016, which Management believes have affected Trustmark’s or TNB’s present classification.

During 2006, Trustmark enhanced its capital structure with the issuance of trust preferred securities and Subordinated Notes (the Notes).  For regulatory capital purposes, the trust preferred securities currently qualify as Tier 1 capital.  Trustmark will continue to utilize $60.0 million in trust preferred securities issued by Trustmark Preferred Capital Trust I (the Trust) as Tier 1 capital up to the regulatory limit, as permitted by the grandfather provision in the Dodd-Frank Act and the Basel III Final Rule.

Refer to the section captioned “Regulatory Capital” included in Note 14 – Shareholders’ Equity in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report for an illustration of Trustmark’s and TNB’s actual regulatory capital amounts and ratios under regulatory capital standards in effect at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

Dividends on Common Stock

Dividends per common share for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 were $0.23.  Trustmark’s indicated dividend for 2016 is $0.92 per common share, which is the same as dividends per common share in 2015.

Liquidity

Liquidity is the ability to ensure that sufficient cash flow and liquid assets are available to satisfy current and future financial obligations, including demand for loans and deposit withdrawals, funding operating costs and other corporate purposes.  Consistent cash flows from operations and adequate capital provide internally generated liquidity.  Furthermore, Management maintains funding capacity from a variety of external sources to meet daily funding needs, such as those required to meet deposit withdrawals, loan disbursements and security settlements.  Liquidity strategy also includes the use of wholesale funding sources to provide for the seasonal fluctuations of deposit and loan demand and the cyclical fluctuations of the economy that impact the availability of funds.  Management keeps excess funding capacity available to meet potential demands associated with adverse circumstances.

The asset side of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through maturities and cash flows from loans and securities as well as the ability to sell certain loans and securities while the liability portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through noninterest and interest-bearing deposits.  Trustmark utilizes federal funds purchased, FHLB advances, securities sold under repurchase agreements as well as the Federal Reserve Discount Window (Discount Window) and, on a limited basis as discussed below, brokered deposits to provide additional liquidity.  Access to these additional sources represents Trustmark’s incremental borrowing capacity.

Deposit accounts represent Trustmark’s largest funding source.  Average deposits totaled to $9.569 billion for the first three months of 2016 and represented approximately 75.1% of average liabilities and shareholders’ equity, compared to average deposits of $9.768 billion, which represented 80.6% of average liabilities and shareholders’ equity for the first three months of 2015.

Trustmark utilizes a limited amount of brokered deposits to supplement other wholesale funding sources.  At March 31, 2016, brokered sweep Money Market Deposit Account (MMDA) deposits totaled $40.8 million compared to $42.3 million at December 31, 2015.

At March 31, 2016, Trustmark had $302.0 million in upstream federal funds purchased, compared to $297.0 million at December 31, 2015.  Trustmark maintains adequate federal funds lines to provide sufficient short-term liquidity.  Trustmark also maintains a relationship with the FHLB of Dallas, which provided $350.0 million of outstanding short-term advances and $500.0 million of outstanding long-term advances at both March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.  Under the existing borrowing agreement, Trustmark

74


 

had sufficient qualifying collateral to increase FHLB advances with the FHLB of Dallas by $1.389 billion at March 31, 2016.  In addition, at March 31, 2016, Trustmark had $1.1 million in FHLB advances outstanding with the FHLB of Atlanta, which were acquired in the BancTrust merger, compared to $1.2 million at December 31, 2015.  Trustmark has non-member status and thus no additional borrowing capacity with the FHLB of Atlanta.

Additionally, Trustmark has the ability to enter into wholesale funding repurchase agreements as a source of borrowing by utilizing its unencumbered investment securities as collateral.  At March 31, 2016, Trustmark had approximately $1.145 billion available in repurchase agreement capacity compared to $1.194 billion at December 31, 2015.  The decrease in repurchase agreement capacity at March 31, 2016, was primarily due to a decrease in the unencumbered investment portfolio balance resulting from higher seasonal public deposit balances.

Another borrowing source is the Discount Window.  At March 31, 2016, Trustmark had approximately $902.3 million available in collateral capacity at the Discount Window primarily from pledges of commercial and industrial LHFI, compared with $883.7 million at December 31, 2015.

TNB has outstanding $50.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Notes due December 15, 2016.  At March 31, 2016, the carrying amount of the Notes was $50.0 million.  The Notes are unsecured and subordinate and junior in right of payment to TNB’s obligations to its depositors, its obligations under bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit, its obligations to any Federal Reserve Bank or the FDIC and its obligations to its other creditors, and to any rights acquired by the FDIC as a result of loans made by the FDIC to TNB.

During 2006, Trustmark completed a private placement of $60.0 million of trust preferred securities through a newly formed Delaware trust affiliate, the Trust.  The trust preferred securities mature September 30, 2036 and are redeemable at Trustmark’s option.  The proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities were used by the Trust to purchase $61.9 million in aggregate principal amount of Trustmark’s junior subordinated debentures.

The Board of Directors of Trustmark currently has the authority to issue up to 20.0 million preferred shares with no par value.  The ability to issue preferred shares in the future will provide Trustmark with additional financial and management flexibility for general corporate and acquisition purposes.  At March 31, 2016, Trustmark had no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

Liquidity position and strategy are reviewed regularly by Management and continuously adjusted in relationship to Trustmark’s overall strategy.  Management believes that Trustmark has sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet presently known cash flow requirements arising from ongoing business transactions.

Asset/Liability Management

Overview

Market risk reflects the potential risk of loss arising from adverse changes in interest rates and market prices.  Trustmark has risk management policies to monitor and limit exposure to market risk.  Trustmark’s primary market risk is interest rate risk created by core banking activities.  Interest rate risk is the potential variability of the income generated by Trustmark’s financial products or services, which results from changes in various market interest rates.  Market rate changes may take the form of absolute shifts, variances in the relationships between different rates and changes in the shape or slope of the interest rate term structure.

Management continually develops and applies cost-effective strategies to manage these risks.  Management’s Asset/Liability Committee sets the day-to-day operating guidelines, approves strategies affecting net interest income and coordinates activities within policy limits established by the Board of Directors of Trustmark.  A key objective of the asset/liability management program is to quantify, monitor and manage interest rate risk and to assist Management in maintaining stability in the net interest margin under varying interest rate environments.

Derivatives

Trustmark uses financial derivatives for management of interest rate risk.  Management’s Asset/Liability Committee, in its oversight role for the management of interest rate risk, approves the use of derivatives in balance sheet hedging strategies.  The most common derivatives employed by Trustmark are interest rate lock commitments, forward contracts (both futures contracts and options on futures contracts), interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and interest rate floors.  As a general matter, the values of these instruments are designed to be inversely related to the values of the assets that they hedge (i.e., if the value of the hedged asset falls, the value of the related hedge rises).  In addition, Trustmark has entered into derivatives contracts as counterparty to one or more customers in connection with loans extended to those customers.  These transactions are designed to hedge interest rate, currency or other

75


 

exposures of the customers and are not entered into by Trustmark for speculative purposes.  Increased federal regulation of the derivatives markets may increase the cost to Trustmark to administer derivatives programs.

On April 4, 2013, Trustmark entered into a forward interest rate swap contract on junior subordinated debentures with a total notional amount of $60.0 million.  The interest rate swap contract was designated as a derivative instrument in a cash flow hedge under FASB ASC Topic 815, with the objective of protecting the quarterly interest payments on Trustmark’s $60.0 million of junior subordinated debentures issued to the Trust throughout the five-year period beginning December 31, 2014 and ending December 31, 2019 from the risk of variability of those payments resulting from changes in the three-month LIBOR interest rate.  Under the swap, which became effective on December 31, 2014, Trustmark pays a fixed interest rate of 1.66% per annum and receives a variable interest rate based on three-month LIBOR on a total notional amount of $60.0 million, with quarterly net settlements.

No ineffectiveness related to the interest rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge was recognized in the consolidated statements of income during the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015.  The accumulated net after-tax loss related to the effective cash flow hedge included in AOCL totaled $881 thousand and $160 thousand at March 31, 2106 and December 31, 2015, respectively.  Amounts reported in AOCL related to this derivative are reclassified to other interest expense as interest payments are made on Trustmark’s variable rate junior subordinated debentures.  During the next twelve months, Trustmark estimates that $563 thousand will be reclassified as an increase to other interest expense.

As part of Trustmark’s risk management strategy in the mortgage banking business, various derivative instruments such as interest rate lock commitments and forward sales contracts are utilized.  Rate lock commitments are residential mortgage loan commitments with customers, which guarantee a specified interest rate for a specified period of time.  Trustmark’s obligations under forward contracts consist of commitments to deliver mortgage loans, originated and/or purchased, in the secondary market at a future date.  The gross notional amount of Trustmark’s off-balance sheet obligations under these derivative instruments totaled $464.3 million at March 31, 2016, with a positive valuation adjustment of $1.2 million, compared to $298.6 million, with a positive valuation adjustment of $1.4 million at December 31, 2015.

Trustmark utilizes a portfolio of exchange-traded derivative instruments, such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts, to achieve a fair value return that economically hedges changes in fair value of the MSR attributable to interest rates.  These transactions are considered freestanding derivatives that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting under GAAP.  The total notional amount of these derivative instruments were $324.0 million at March 31, 2016 compared to $264.5 million at December 31, 2015.  These exchange-traded derivative instruments are accounted for at fair value with changes in the fair value recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by the changes in the fair value of the MSR.  The MSR fair value represents the present value of future cash flows, which among other things includes decay and the effect of changes in interest rates.  Ineffectiveness of hedging the MSR fair value is measured by comparing the change in value of hedge instruments to the change in the fair value of the MSR asset attributable to changes in interest rates and other market driven changes in valuation inputs and assumptions.  The impact of this strategy resulted in a net positive ineffectiveness of $413 thousand and $1.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  The decrease in the net positive ineffectiveness was primarily due to the tightening in the mortgage spread during the first three months of 2016 compared the same time period in 2015.

Trustmark offers certain interest rate derivatives products directly to qualified commercial lending clients seeking to manage their interest rate risk under loans they have entered into with TNB.  Trustmark economically hedges interest rate swap transactions executed with commercial lending clients by entering into offsetting interest rate swap transactions with institutional derivatives market participants.  Derivatives transactions executed as part of this program are not designated as qualifying hedging relationships under GAAP and are, therefore, carried on Trustmark’s financial statements at fair value with the change in fair value recorded in noninterest income in bank card and other fees.  Because these derivatives have mirror-image contractual terms, in addition to collateral provisions which mitigate the impact of non-performance risk, the changes in fair value are expected to substantially offset.  As of March 31, 2016, Trustmark had interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $356.6 million related to this program, compared to $359.3 million as of December 31, 2015.

Trustmark has agreements with its financial institution counterparties that contain provisions where if Trustmark defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then Trustmark could also be deemed to be in default on its derivatives obligations.

As of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, the termination value of interest rate swaps in a liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $6.1 million and $2.6 million, respectively.  As of March 31, 2016, Trustmark had posted collateral of $4.8 million against its obligations because of negotiated thresholds and minimum transfer amounts under these agreements.  If Trustmark had breached any of these triggering provisions at March 31, 2016, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value (which is expected to approximate fair market value).

76


 

Credit risk participation agreements arise when Trustmark contracts with other financial institutions, as a guarantor or beneficiary, to share credit risk associated with certain interest rate swaps.  These agreements provide for reimbursement of losses resulting from a third party default on the underlying swap.  At March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, Trustmark had entered into two risk participation agreements as a beneficiary with an aggregate notional amount of $14.6 million and $14.8 million, respectively.  At March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, Trustmark had entered into one risk participation agreement as a guarantor with an aggregate notional amount of $5.9 million.  The aggregate fair values of these risk participation agreements were immaterial at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015.

Trustmark’s participation in the derivatives markets is subject to increased federal regulation of these markets.  Trustmark believes that it may continue to use financial derivatives to manage interest rate risk and also to offer derivatives products to certain qualified commercial lending clients in compliance with the Volcker Rule.  However, the increased federal regulation of the derivatives markets has increased the cost to Trustmark of administering its derivatives programs.  Some of these costs (particularly compliance costs related to the Volcker Rule and other federal regulations) are expected to recur in the future.

Market/Interest Rate Risk Management

The primary purpose in managing interest rate risk is to invest capital effectively and preserve the value created by the core banking business.  This is accomplished through the development and implementation of lending, funding, pricing and hedging strategies designed to maximize net interest income performance under varying interest rate environments subject to specific liquidity and interest rate risk guidelines.

Financial simulation models are the primary tools used by Management’s Asset/Liability Committee to measure interest rate exposure.  Using a wide range of scenarios, Management is provided with extensive information on the potential impact on net interest income caused by changes in interest rates.  Models are structured to simulate cash flows and accrual characteristics of Trustmark’s balance sheet.  Assumptions are made about the direction and volatility of interest rates, the slope of the yield curve and the changing composition of Trustmark’s balance sheet, resulting from both strategic plans and customer behavior.  In addition, the model incorporates Management’s assumptions and expectations regarding such factors as loan and deposit growth, pricing, prepayment speeds and spreads between interest rates.

Based on the results of the simulation models using static balances, the table below summarizes the effect various one-year interest rate shift scenarios would have on net interest income compared to a base case, flat scenario at March 31, 2016 and 2015.  At March 31, 2016 and 2015, the impact of a 200 basis point drop scenario was not calculated due to the low interest rate environment.

 

 

 

Estimated % Change

in Net Interest Income

 

Change in Interest Rates

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

+200 basis points

 

 

 

 

 

3.8

%

+100 basis points

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

2.0

%

-100 basis points

 

 

-6.2

%

 

 

-5.9

%

 

As shown in the table above, the interest rate shocks for the first three months of 2016 illustrate little change in net interest income in rising rate scenarios while displaying modest exposure to a falling rate environment.  The exposure to falling rates is primarily due to a downward repricing of various earning assets with minimal contribution from liabilities given the already low cost of deposits in the base scenario.  Management cannot provide any assurance about the actual effect of changes in interest rates on net interest income.  The estimates provided do not include the effects of possible strategic changes in the balances of various assets and liabilities throughout 2016 or additional actions Trustmark could undertake in response to changes in interest rates.  Management will continue to prudently manage the balance sheet in an effort to control interest rate risk and maintain profitability over the long term.

77


 

Another component of interest rate risk management is measuring the economic value-at-risk for a given change in market interest rates.  The economic value-at-risk may indicate risks associated with longer-term balance sheet items that may not affect net interest income at risk over shorter time periods.  Trustmark uses computer-modeling techniques to determine the present value of all asset and liability cash flows (both on- and off-balance sheet), adjusted for prepayment expectations, using a market discount rate.  The economic value of equity (EVE), also known as net portfolio value, is defined as the difference between the present value of asset cash flows and the present value of liability cash flows.  The resulting change in EVE in different market rate environments, from the base case scenario, is the amount of EVE at risk from those rate environments.  The following table summarizes the effect that various interest rate shifts would have on net portfolio value at March 31, 2016 and 2015.  At March 31, 2016 and 2015, the impact of a 200 basis point drop scenario was not calculated due to the historically low interest rate environment.

 

 

 

Estimated % Change

in Net Portfolio Value

 

Change in Interest Rates

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

+200 basis points

 

 

3.6

%

 

 

10.4

%

+100 basis points

 

 

2.5

%

 

 

6.4

%

-100 basis points

 

 

-9.4

%

 

 

-13.2

%

 

Trustmark determines the fair value of the MSR using a valuation model administered by a third party that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income.  The model incorporates assumptions that market participants use in estimating future net servicing income, including estimates of prepayment speeds, discount rate, default rates, cost to service (including delinquency and foreclosure costs), escrow account earnings, contractual servicing fee income and other ancillary income such as late fees.  Management reviews all significant assumptions quarterly.  Mortgage loan prepayment speeds, a key assumption in the model, is the annual rate at which borrowers are forecasted to repay their mortgage loan principal.  The discount rate used to determine the present value of estimated future net servicing income, another key assumption in the model, is an estimate of the required rate of return investors in the market would require for an asset with similar risk.  Both assumptions can, and generally will, change as market conditions and interest rates change.

By way of example, an increase in either the prepayment speed or discount rate assumption will result in a decrease in the fair value of the MSR, while a decrease in either assumption will result in an increase in the fair value of the MSR.  In recent years, there have been significant market-driven fluctuations in loan prepayment speeds and discount rates.  These fluctuations can be rapid and may continue to be significant.  Therefore, estimating prepayment speed and/or discount rates within ranges that market participants would use in determining the fair value of the MSR requires significant management judgment.

At March 31, 2016, the MSR fair value was approximately $68.2 million, compared to $62.9 million at March 31, 2015.  The impact on the MSR fair value of a 10% adverse change in prepayment speed or a 100 basis point increase in discount rate at March 31, 2016, would be a decline in fair value of approximately $2.6 million and $2.2 million, respectively, compared to a decline in fair value of approximately $2.5 million and $2.0 million, respectively, at March 31, 2015.  Changes of equal magnitude in the opposite direction would produce similar increases in fair value in the respective amounts.

Critical Accounting Policies

For an overview of Trustmark’s critical accounting policies, see the section captioned “Critical Accounting Policies” included in Part II. Item 7. – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, of Trustmark’s 2015 Annual Report on Form 10-K.  There have been no significant changes in Trustmark’s critical accounting policies during the first three months of 2016.

For additional information regarding Trustmark’s basis of presentation and accounting policies, see Note 1 – Business, Basis of Financial Statement Presentation and Principles of Consolidation included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements of this report.

Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Pronouncements

For a complete list of recently adopted and pending accounting policies and the impact on Trustmark, see Note 18 – Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Pronouncements included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements – of this report.

ITEM 3.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information required by this item is included in the discussion of Market/Interest Rate Risk Management found in Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

78


 

ITEM 4.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, an evaluation was carried out by Trustmark’s Management, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer), of the effectiveness of Trustmark’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Principal Financial Officer concluded that Trustmark’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in Trustmark’s internal control over financial reporting during the last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, Trustmark’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

PART II.    OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Trustmark’s wholly-owned subsidiary, TNB, has been named as a defendant in three lawsuits related to the collapse of the Stanford Financial Group.  The first is a purported class action complaint that was filed on August 23, 2009 in the District Court of Harris County, Texas, by Peggy Roif Rotstain, Guthrie Abbott, Catherine Burnell, Steven Queyrouze, Jaime Alexis Arroyo Bornstein and Juan C. Olano (collectively, Class Plaintiffs), on behalf of themselves and all others similarly situated, naming TNB and four other financial institutions unaffiliated with Trustmark as defendants.  The complaint seeks to recover (i) alleged fraudulent transfers from each of the defendants in the amount of fees and other monies received by each defendant from entities controlled by R. Allen Stanford (collectively, the Stanford Financial Group) and (ii) damages allegedly attributable to alleged conspiracies by one or more of the defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud on the asserted grounds that defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme.  Plaintiffs have demanded a jury trial.  Plaintiffs did not quantify damages.  In November 2009, the lawsuit was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings.  In May 2010, all defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the lawsuit.  In August 2010, the court authorized and approved the formation of an Official Stanford Investors Committee (OSIC) to represent the interests of Stanford investors and, under certain circumstances, to file legal actions for the benefit of Stanford investors.  In December 2011, the OSIC filed a motion to intervene in this action.  In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues.  In December 2012, the court granted the OSIC’s motion to intervene, and the OSIC filed an Intervenor Complaint against one of the other defendant financial institutions.  In February 2013, the OSIC filed an additional Intervenor Complaint that asserts claims against TNB and the remaining defendant financial institutions.  The OSIC seeks to recover: (i) alleged fraudulent transfers in the amount of the fees each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group, the profits each of the defendants allegedly made from Stanford Financial Group deposits, and other monies each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group; (ii) damages attributable to alleged conspiracies by each of the defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud and conversion on the asserted grounds that the defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme; and (iii) punitive damages.  The OSIC did not quantify damages.  In July 2013, all defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the OSIC’s claims.  In March 2015, the court entered an order authorizing the parties to conduct discovery regarding class certification and setting a deadline for the parties to complete briefing on class certification issues.  All parties have completed and filed briefing on the class certification issues.  In April 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motions to dismiss the Class Plaintiffs’ claims and the OSIC’s claims.  The court dismissed all of the Class Plaintiffs’ fraudulent transfer claims and dismissed certain of the OSIC’s fraudulent transfer claims.  The court denied the defendants’ motions to dismiss in all other regards.  On June 23, 2015, the court allowed the Class Plaintiffs to file a Second Amended Class Action Complaint (SAC), which asserted new claims against TNB and certain of the other defendants for aiding, abetting, and participating in (i) violations of the Texas Securities Act and (ii) breaches of fiduciary duty.  On July 14, 2015, the defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the SAC.  The Court has not yet ruled on the defendants’ motions to dismiss the SAC.

The second Stanford-related lawsuit was filed on December 14, 2009 in the District Court of Ascension Parish, Louisiana, individually by Harold Jackson, Paul Blaine, Carolyn Bass Smith, Christine Nichols, and Ronald and Ramona Hebert naming TNB (misnamed as Trust National Bank) and other individuals and entities not affiliated with Trustmark as defendants.  The complaint seeks to recover the money lost by these individual plaintiffs as a result of the collapse of  the Stanford Financial Group (in addition to other damages) under various theories and causes of action, including negligence, breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, negligent misrepresentation, detrimental reliance, conspiracy, and violation of Louisiana’s uniform fiduciary, securities, and racketeering laws.  The complaint does not quantify the amount of money the plaintiffs seek to recover.  In January 2010, the lawsuit

79


 

was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings.  On March 29, 2010, the court stayed the case.  TNB filed a motion to lift the stay, which was denied on February 28, 2012.  In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues.

On April 11, 2016, Trustmark learned that a third Stanford-related lawsuit had been filed on April 11, 2016 in the Superior Court of Justice in Ontario, Canada, by The Toronto-Dominion Bank (“TD Bank”), naming TNB and three other financial institutions not affiliated with Trustmark as defendants.  The complaint seeks a declaration specifying the degree to which each of TNB and the other defendants are liable in respect of any loss and damage for which TD Bank is found to be liable in a litigation commenced against TD Bank brought by the Joint Liquidators of Stanford International Bank Limited in the Superior Court of Justice, Commercial List in Ontario, Canada (the “Joint Liquidators’ Action”), as well as contribution and indemnity in respect of any judgment, interest and costs TD Bank is ordered to pay in the Joint Liquidators’ Action.  To date, TNB has not been served in connection with this action.

TNB’s relationship with the Stanford Financial Group began as a result of Trustmark’s acquisition of a Houston-based bank in August 2006, and consisted of correspondent banking and other traditional banking services in the ordinary course of business.  All Stanford-related lawsuits are in their preliminary stages.

TNB has been named as a defendant in two separately filed but now consolidated lawsuits involving two testamentary trusts created in the will of Kathleen Killebrew Paine for her two children, Carolyn Paine Davis and W.K. Paine.  TNB is named as the Trustee in both trusts.  The lawsuits were filed on June 30, 2014 in the Chancery Court of the First Judicial District of Hinds County, Mississippi by Jennifer Davis Michael, Elizabeth Paine Lindigrin, Wilmer Harrison Paine, Kenneth Whitworth Paine, Robert Harvey Paine and Nathan Davis, who are all children of Mrs. Davis and Mr. Paine.  The complaints allege that the plaintiffs are vested current beneficiaries of the respective trusts; that the plaintiffs should have been entitled to be considered for distributions of trust income; and that the interests of Mrs. Davis and Mr. Paine were favored over plaintiffs’ interest in both the distribution of income and in the making of trust investments.  Plaintiffs seek compensatory damages, refund of trust fees and sweep fees, punitive damages, attorneys’ fees and pre- and post-judgment interest.  On March 9, 2015, the court granted TNB’s motion to add Mrs. Davis and Mr. W.K. Paine as cross-defendants.  Following a bench trial that concluded on January 20, 2016, the judge ordered the parties to enter into mandatory mediation.  On February 22, 2016, the mediator reported to the judge that the mediation had failed to resolve the matter.  The judge will next conduct a scheduling conference for a timeframe for the parties to submit findings of fact and conclusions of law to the court.  The judge will consider those submissions and then enter a ruling on the case at some point in the future.

Trustmark and its subsidiaries are also parties to other lawsuits and other claims that arise in the ordinary course of business.  Some of the lawsuits assert claims related to the lending, collection, servicing, investment, trust and other business activities, and some of the lawsuits allege substantial claims for damages.

All pending legal proceedings described above are being vigorously contested.  In accordance FASB Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) Topic 450-20, “Loss Contingencies,” Trustmark will establish an accrued liability for litigation matters when those matters present loss contingencies that are both probable and reasonably estimable.  At the present time, Management believes, based on the advice of legal counsel and Management’s evaluation, that a loss in any such proceeding is not both probable and reasonably estimable.  All matters will continue to be monitored for further developments that would make such loss contingency both probable and reasonably estimable.  In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of legal proceedings, Trustmark cannot predict the eventual outcomes of the currently pending matters or the timing of their ultimate resolution.  Management currently believes, however, based upon the advice of legal counsel and Management’s evaluation and after taking into account its current insurance coverage, that the legal proceedings currently pending should not have a material adverse effect on Trustmark’s consolidated financial condition.

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

There has been no material change in the risk factors previously disclosed in Trustmark’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.

ITEM 2.

UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

No shares of common stock or other equity securities were repurchased by Trustmark during the three months ended March 31, 2016.  On March 11, 2016, the Board of Directors of Trustmark authorized a stock repurchase program under which up to $100.0 million of Trustmark’s common shares may be acquired through March 31, 2019.

80


 

ITEM 3.

DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES 

None

ITEM 4.

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable

ITEM 5.

OTHER INFORMATION

None

 

 

ITEM 6.

EXHIBITS

The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index are filed herewith or are incorporated herein by reference.

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

3-a

 

Restated Articles of Incorporation of Trustmark, as restated April 28, 2016.  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Trustmark’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on May 2, 2016.

 

 

 

3-b

 

Bylaws of Trustmark, as amended and restated April 28, 2016.  Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Trustmark’s Form 8-K Current Report filed on May 2, 2016.

 

 

 

31-a

 

Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

31-b

 

Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

32-a  

 

Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

32-b  

 

Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

101

 

XBRL Interactive Data.

 

All other exhibits are omitted, as they are inapplicable or not required by the related instructions.

 

 

81


 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

TRUSTMARK CORPORATION

 

BY:

 

/s/ Gerard R. Host

 

BY:

 

/s/ Louis E. Greer

 

 

Gerard R. Host

 

 

 

Louis E. Greer

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Treasurer, Principal Financial Officer and

 

 

 

 

 

 

Principal Accounting Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DATE:

 

May 6, 2016

 

DATE:

 

May 6, 2016

 

 

82